Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutR-2005-043 Cub Crafters SIED Fund Grant / Loan ContractA RESOLUTION RESOLUTION NO. R-2005-43 authorizing the City Manager to execute an SIED Fund Grant/Loan Contract with Yakima County to fund public infrastructure improvements related to the expansion of the Cub Crafters manufacturing facility located at the Yakima Air Terminal, Yakima, Washington. WHEREAS, Yakima County has established the Supporting Investments in Economic Development Fund ("SIED Fund") to assist the growth of manufacturing business in the County; and WHEREAS, economic development is a priority for the City of Yakima, and the City intends to approach economic development on an inclusive, comprehensive basis which involves public, private and community-based efforts to achieve new investment and redevelopment in the City; and WHEREAS, Cub Crafters, owned by Jim Richmond, is investing approximately $4 million to expand its aircraft manufacturing facility in order to expand its operations located at the Yakima Air Terminal, Yakima, Washington; and WHEREAS, Cub Crafters represents that the expansion of its manufacturing facility will result in creation of approximately 100 new full -time -equivalent jobs; and WHEREAS, Cub Crafters' facility expansion requires construction of public sewer infrastructure improvements; and WHEREAS, Cub Crafters requested that the City submit a grant/loan application with Yakima County to fund the infrastructure improvements from the SIED Fund; and WHEREAS, in consideration and as a condition of the City's applying for said grant/loan, Cub Crafters agreed to pay/reimburse the City the total amount that the City pays or becomes obligated to pay Yakima County pursuant to the SIED Fund grant/loan; and WHEREAS, the City Council approved the submittal of an application for SIED funding on January 4, 2005; and WHEREAS, the City submitted a grant/loan application to the County to provide the necessary monies from the SIED Fund to finance construction of the said improvements; and WHEREAS, the City's SIED Fund grant/loan application for the required infrastructure improvements has been approved by Yakima County in a total amount of $50,000 (a grant of $25,000, and a loan of $25,000); and 1 WHEREAS, in order for the City to receive the SIED Fund grant/loan, the County requires execution of a grant/loan contract substantially similar to the attached SIED Fund Grant/Loan Contract; and WHEREAS, the City Council deems it to be in the best interest of the City of Yakima to authorize execution of a grant/loan contract substantially similar to the attached SIED Fund Grant/Loan Contract with Yakima County in order to receive funding for said infrastructure improvements, now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA: The City Manager is hereby authorized to execute a grant/loan contract substantially similar to the attached and incorporated "SIED Fund Grant/Loan Contract" with Yakima County and all other necessary documents to fund public sewer infrastructure improvements related to the expansion of the Cub Crafters manufacturing facility located at the Yakima Air Terminal, Yakima, Washington. The City Attorney shall approve the final form of the contract. ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this 1St day of March, 2005. ATTEST: Paul P. George, Mayor City Clerk 2 03/09/05 SIED CONTRACT NO. YC-CYBE-05 YAKIMA COUNTY and CITY OF YAKIMA (Business Expansion Project) I PARTIES This Contract is made by and between Yakima County (hereinafter referred to as the County) whose address is 128 North Second Street, County Courthouse, Room 102, Yakima, Washington 98901, and the City of Yakima (hereinafter referred to as the City) whose address is 129 North 2nd Street, Yakima, Washington 98901. Notices between the parties shall be made where and as provided for on Page 8, Section XXII, NOTICES. II TERM This Contract takes effect upon execution hereof by the authorized representatives of both parties and continues in effect until all payments required under Section V, MUTUAL CONSIDERATION, Subsection B. REPAYMENT OF COUNTY LOAN, have been made or until terminated as provided for in Section VIII, SUSPENSION, TERMINATION, AND CLOSEOUT, provided, the County's right under Section V, MUTUAL CONSIDERATION, Subsection D. OWNERSHIP AND USE, to use the Project shall continue so long as the Project remains in use. III PURPOSE The purpose of this Contract is to provide for the construction of certain infrastructure improvements (hereinafter referred to as the Project) using certain County funds designated for such infrastructure. The Project shall consist of the construction of an 8 inch sewer main from Washington Avenue to the Cub Crafters facility at the Yakima Air Terminal, a distance of approximately 700 feet. IV RECITALS The Parties make this Contract based on and in recognition of certain relevant facts and circumstances including: A. Sales and use taxes are collected in and for the County under authority of RCW 82.14.370 and Yakima County Code 3.10.010 for the purpose of financing public facilities in the County, and the proceeds are deposited in the Yakima County Infrastructure Fund (also referred to as SLED Fund), according to YCC 3.10.040. Filed Page 1 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 03/09/05 B. The City proposes to construct the Project with a combination of City, private, and County funds, including $50,000.00 from the SIED Fund, $25,000.00 to be in the form of a loan and $25,000.00 to be in the form of a grant, and thereafter to own and operate the Project for the benefit of the City and the County. C. RCW 82.14.370 was adopted to serve the goals of promoting business in rural distressed areas, providing family wage jobs and the development of communities of excellence in such areas, and the parties expect the Project to further these goals. D. RCW 43.160 and 43.160.020 adopted and amended for related purposes with those of RCW 82.14.370, define public facilities to include various buildings, structures and works, such as the Project. E. The County, under authority of RCW 36.01.085, and by agreement of February 19, 1999, has engaged the Yakima County Development Association, also known as New Vision, to provide administrative and technical assistance in furtherance of the County's economic development. F. The County has also created the SIED Board to review applications for grants from the SIED Fund and make recommendations for SIED Fund investments based on commitment of other funds, potential for resulting job creation, and other factors. G. New Vision has investigated the Project and assisted in preparing the pending application for SIED funds, and the SLED Board has reviewed the application for SIED funds and has recommended approval. H. The SLED Fund balance is sufficient to make the requested contribution to the Project. I. RCW 39.34 authorizes interlocal agreements whereby municipal governments may jointly exercise the powers granted to each. V MUTUAL CONSIDERATION A. COUNTY LOAN—The County shall loan Twenty-five Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ($25,000.00) for the Project described herein. This loan amount shall be by County warrant drawn on the SIED Fund and payable to the City immediately upon approval of this agreement by Board of County Commissioners following authorized signature(s) from the City. B. REPAYMENT OF COUNTY LOAN—The City shall repay the County's loan of Twenty-five Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ($25,000.00) with interest on unpaid principal, at an annual per annum rate of 111 L\• 3\ Q`_) %, which is the Yakima County Interfund Loan Rate on the date this Contract is approved by the County. Interest shall accrue from the date this contract is approved by the County. Filed Page 2 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 03/09/05 Repayment shall be made by the City in five equal annual installments (including principal and interest) payable on June 1, 2006, and annually thereafter on June 1 of each year, with the final payment nevertheless due on June 1, 2010; Provided, however, that the final installment may be in such greater or lesser amount as shall be required for full amortization of the repayment amount. These payments shall be by check payable to Yakima County Infrastructure Fund and delivered to Yakima County Treasurer, Yakima County Courthouse, Room 115, 128 North 2nd Street, Yakima, WA 98901. The City obligation hereunder shall be a limited general obligation of the City, payable from any legally available source of funds. Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein reflects the Debt Service Schedule as noted. The loan is not subject to redemption prior to maturity (final date of repayment schedule). In the event of payment by the City of any one or more installments, or of the entire loan balance, before the date prescribed in Exhibit A, interest shall accrue on such installment(s) or balance until, but not beyond, the June 1 next succeeding the date of such payment(s). C. COUNTY GRANT—The County shall grant Twenty-five Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ($25,000.00) to the City for the Project described herein. This grant shall be by County warrant drawn on the SIED Fund and payable to the City within thirty (30) days of the County's receipt of a signed copy of the Project engineer's certificate that 50% of the work on the Project has been completed and the City's invoice for said grant. D. OWNERSHIP AND USE—The City shall construct, own, maintain, and operate the Project as a part of its public infrastructure for economic development, available for use by manufacturing and industrial concerns proximate to the Project. The City shall also permit the use of the Project by the County and its departments on like terms with other users, at such time as the Board of Yakima County Commissioners may deem expedient. For purposes of this paragraph, ownership, maintenance, and operation of the Project or any portion thereof by another municipality, under any conveyance or dedication which is subject to and preserves the County's right of use, shall be deemed ownership, maintenance, and operation by the City. VI RECORDS, REPORTS AND AUDITS The City agrees to maintain such records, make such reports and follow such procedures as may be required by the County, pertaining to this Contract. All records pertaining to this Contract and work undertaken hereunder shall be retained by the City for a period of three years after final audit unless a longer period is required to resolve audit findings or litigation. The County and other authorized representatives of the State and Federal government shall have access to any books, documents, papers, and records of the City which pertain to this Contract or work undertaken hereunder for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. Filed Page 3 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 03/09/05 VII RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES AND AGENTS The relationship of the City to the County, with regard to construction of the Project, shall be that of an independent contractor rendering professional services. The City shall have no authority to execute contracts or to make commitments on behalf of the County and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create the relationship of employer and employee or principal and agent between the County and the City. The City represents that it has or will secure at its own expense all personnel, contractors, and/or subcontractors required in order to perform work under this Contract. Such personnel shall not be employees of the County. All such personnel, contractors, and/or subcontractors shall be fully qualified and authorized/permitted under State and/or local law to perform such services. All services required hereunder will be performed by the City or under its supervision and all personnel engaged in the work shall be fully qualified and shall be authorized or permitted under State or local law to perform such services. VIII SUSPENSION, TERMINATION, AND CLOSEOUT If the City fails to comply with the terms and conditions of this Contract, the County may pursue such remedies as are legally available, including, but not limited to, the suspension or termination of this Contract in the manner specified herein: A. SUSPENSION—If the City fails to comply with terms and conditions of this Contract, or whenever the City is unable to substantiate full compliance with provisions of this Contract, the County may suspend this Contract pending corrective action or investigation, effective not less than seven days following written notification to the City or its authorized representative. The suspension will remain in full force and effect until the City has taken corrective action to the satisfaction of the County and is able to substantiate its full compliance with the terms and conditions of this Contract. No obligations incurred by the City or its authorized representative during the period of suspension will be allowable under this Contract, except: 1. Reasonable, proper, and otherwise allowable costs which the City could not avoid during the period of suspension; 2. Otherwise allowable costs incurred during the period of suspension, if upon investigation, the County is satisfied of the City's compliance with the terms and conditions of this Contract to the extent of the compensation claimed by the City. Filed Page 4 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 03/09/05 B. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE—If the City fails to comply with the terms and conditions of this Contract and any of the following conditions exist: 1. The lack of compliance with the provisions of this Contract were of such scope and nature that the County deems continuation of this Contract to be substantially detrimental to the interests of the County; 2. The City has failed to take satisfactory action as directed by the County or its authorized representative within the time period specified by same; 3. The City has failed within the time specified by the County or its authorized representative to satisfactorily substantiate its compliance with the terms and conditions of this Contract; then, The County may terminate this Contract in whole or in part, and thereupon shall notify the City of termination, the reasons therefore, and the effective date, provided such effective date shall not be prior to notification of the City. After this effective date, no charges incurred under any terminated portions outlined in the application for funding are allowable. C. TERMINATION FOR OTHER GROUNDS—This Contract may also be terminated in whole or in part by mutual consent and written agreement setting forth the conditions of termination, including effective date and, in case of termination in part, that portion to be terminated. IX COPYRIGHT RESTRICTION No report, maps, or other documents produced in whole or in part under this Contract shall be the subject of an application for copyright by or on behalf of the City. X COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS The County and the City shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and codes of the Federal, State and local governments with regard to the performance of this Contract. XI TITLE VI OF THE CIVIL RIGHT ACT OF 1964 Under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, no person shall, on the grounds of race, color, creed, religion, sex, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance. Filed Page 5 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 03/09/05 XII SECTION 109—HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ACT OF 1974 No person in the United States shall on the grounds of race, color, creed, religion, sex, or national origin be excluded from participation in, be denied benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity funded in whole or in part with funds made available under this title. XIII AGE DISCRIMINATION ACT OF 1975 (As Amended) No person shall be excluded from participation, denied program benefits, or subjected to discrimination on the basis of age under any program or activity receiving Federal funding assistance. (42 U.S.C. 610 et. seq.) XIV SECTION 504 OF THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973 (As Amended) No otherwise qualified individual shall, solely by reason of his or her handicap, be excluded from participation (including employment), denied program benefits, or subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal funds (29 U.S.C. 794). XV INTEREST OF MEMBERS OF THE COUNTY AND THE CITY No member of the governing body of either party and no other officer, employee, or agent of either party who exercises any functions or responsibilities in connection with the planning or carrying out of the Project shall have any personal financial interest, direct or indirect, in this Contract. XVI HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNITY The City shall indemnify and hold harmless the County, its officers, agents, and employees, from all liability, loss or damage, including costs of defense they may suffer as a result of claims, demands, actions costs, or judgments which result from the activities to be performed by the City, its agents, employees, or subcontractors pursuant to this Contract. XVII PUBLIC LIABILITY The City or its contractor(s) shall maintain for the duration of work under this Contract, issued on an occurrence basis, comprehensive liability insurance with a combined single limit of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) from a company authorized to provide insurance in the State of Washington, or shll maintain a selfinsurance in the such amount. Said policies shall provide that the policy shall not be canceled or altered by any party without written notice to Yakima County, delivered not less than thirty (30) days prior to such cancellation or alteration. Applicant certifies that comprehensive liability insurance with a combined single limit of not less than $1,000,000.00 is in effect. Filed Page 6 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 03/09/05 XVIII ASSIGNABILITY The City shall not assign any interest in this Contract and shall not transfer any interest in this Contract (whether by assignment or novation) without prior written consent of the County thereto, provided, however, that claims for money by the City from the County under this Contract may be assigned to a bank, trust company, or other financial institution without such approval. Written notice of any such assignment or transfer shall be furnished promptly to the County by the City. XIX NON -WAIVER The failure of either party to insist upon strict performance of any provision of this Contract or to exercise any right based upon a breach thereof or the acceptance of any performance during such breach shall not constitute a waiver of any right under this Contract. XX CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS It is mutually agreed and understood that no modification or waiver of any clause or condition of this Contract is binding upon either party unless such modification or waiver is in writing and executed by the County and the City. XXI SEVERABILITY If any portion of this Contract is changed per mutual contract or any portion is held invalid, the remainder of this Contract shall remain in full force and effect. XXII NOTICES Unless stated otherwise herein, all notices and demands shall be in writing and sent or hand - delivered to the parties to their addresses as follows: TO CITY: Bill Cook, Director of Community of Economic Development City of Yakima 129 North 2id Street Yakima, WA 98901 TO COUNTY: Steve Hill, Director Yakima County Departments of Community Services & Grant Management 128 North Second Street, Room 102 Yakima, WA 98901 or to such other addresses as the parties may hereafter designate in writing. Notices and/or demands shall be sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or hand -delivered. Such notices shall be deemed effective when mailed or hand -delivered at the addresses specified above. Filed Page 7 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 03/09/05 XXIII INTEGRATION This Contract contains all terms and conditions agreed to by the County and the City. There are no other oral or written agreements between the City and County as to the subjects contained herein. No changes or additions to this Contract shall be valid or binding upon either party unless such change or addition be in writing and executed by both parties. XXIV GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE All questions of the validity, construction, and application of this Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington. Venue for any suit between the parties arising out of this Contract shall be the Superior Court of Yakima County, Washington. XXV FILING Upon execution by the authorized representatives of the parties, a copy of this Contract shall be promptly filed with the Yakima County Auditor pursuant to RCW 39.34.040. *************** Filed Page 8 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 03/09/05 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the County and the City have executed this Contract as of the date and year last written below. CITY OF YAKIMA Richard A. Zais, City Manager Approved as to Form: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Ronald F. Gamache, Chairman esse S. Palacios, Commissioner Attest: Michael D. Leita, Commissioner SCC 14v ry 'Approved as to Form: Karen Roberts, City Clerk r � w 3-r-oSit Date^ SEAL —L .1 Filed John Staffan, Deputy Prosecuting Attorney voMlilillifittoo CONTRACT AUTHORIZATION 4:4,1 ASH/ ••, r >, iic3 10` 17. 04. :7; • .? , '41:::::et::::.:?\ Sandra J':"Acosta Deputy Clerk of the Board Attest: ;AO Z: •o Page 9 of 9 Contract No. YC-CYBE-05 Dated: 4/5/2005 Variable Rate Transactions Delivered: 4/5/2005 CITY OF YAKIMA - WASHINGTON SIA 30/ 360 YRLY 7/6 1 Coupon Int Calc Principal Effective Interest Credit Periodic Outstanding Period Date Day Cnts Payment Coupon Rate Payment Enhancements Debt Sertnce Balance 2 6/1/2006 416/360 4,455.64 4.31250 1,245 83 5,701.47 20,544.36 3 6/1/2007 360/360 4,815 49 4.31250 885.98 5,701.47 15,728.86 4 6/1/2008 360/360 5,023 16 4.31250 678.31 5,701.47 10,705 70 5 6/1/2009 360/360 5,239 79 4.31250 461 68 5,701 47 5,465.90 6 6/1/2010 360/360 5,465.90 4.31250 235 72 5,701.62 $25,000.00 $3,507.52 $0.00 $28,507.52 True Interest Cost (TIC) 4.3125000 Face Value of Bond Issue $25,000.00 Arbitrage Yield Limit (AYL) 0.0000000 Accrued Interest (+) $0.00 Average Life 3.2533483 Original Issue Premium/Discount (+) .. ...... $0.00 Underwriter Discount (+) $0.00 Lump -sum credit enhancements (-) $0.00 Prepared by: YAKIMACOUNTY TREASUB :MUNIDB Prepared an: 4/11/ 2005 11 1 11.95 Rpt 0 j CITYOFYA-2005 A TERM LOAN AGREEMENT PARTIES: BORROWER: Cub Crafter's, Inc., a Washington corporation; LENDER: City of Yakima, a Washington municipal corporation. TERM LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of March 11, 2005, between Borrower and the Lender. The parties hereto hereby agree as follows: BACKGROUND. The Borrower is the owner of certain real property within the city limits of the City of Yakima upon which Borrower wishes to improve infrastructure on its property, by constructing an eight (8) inch sewer main from Washington Avenue to the Borrower's facility at the Yakima Air Terminal, a distance of approximately 700 feet. The City will lend to the Borrower under this agreement, funds up to Twenty- five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), to the extent such funds are made available to the City from Yakima County under the County's Supporting Investments in Economic Development Program. Article I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS Term Loan Agreement 1. Section 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings (terms defined in the singular to have the same meaning when used in the plural and vice versa): "Agreement" means this Term Loan Agreement, as amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time. "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in Washington are authorized or required to close under the laws of the State of Washington. "Collateral" means all property that is subject to the Security Interest granted by the Security Agreement Attached . "Commitment" means the Lender's obligation to make Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 in the amount referred to therein. "County SIED Agreement" means the loan agreement between the City of Yakima, as borrower, and Yakima County, as lender, under its Supporting Investments in Economic Development ("SIED") Program, as evidenced by that written commitment to lend and grant funds to the City dated March 9, 2005, and all documents subsequently executed in conjunction therewith. "Debt" means indebtedness or liability for borrowed money hereunder. "Default" means any of the events specified in Section 7.01, whether or not any requirement from time to time, and the regulations and published interpretations thereof. "Event of Default" means any of the events specified in Section 7.01, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other condition, has been satisfied. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. "Lien" means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or preference, priority, or other security agreement or preferential arrangement, charge, or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever. Term Loan Agreement 2. "Loan" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01. "Loan Document" means this Agreement, the Note, and the Security Agreement. "Note" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.03, and shall be in substantially the form as attached hereto as Exhibit "B". "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority, or other entity of whatever nature. "Principal Office" means the Lender's office at 129 North 2nd Street, Yakima, Washington. Section 1.02. Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistent with those applied in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.04, and all financial data submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with such principles. Article II AMOUNT AND TERMS OF THE LOAN Section 2.01. Term Loan. The Lender agrees on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make a loan (the "Loan") to the Borrower on the date of this Agreement in the principal amount of not more than Twenty-five Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($25,000.00). Section 2.02. Interest. The Borrower shall pay the interest to the Lender on the outstanding and unpaid principal amount of the Loan made under this Agreement at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate charged under the County SIED Agreement. Any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the rate charged under the County SIED Agreement shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change in the County SIED Agreement interest rate shall become effective. Interest shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the terms of the County SIED Agreement. Any principal amount not paid when due (at maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise) shall bear interest thereafter until paid in full, payable on demand, at the Term Loan Agreement 3. publicly announced prime rate of interest by Bank of America as of the day immediately after the payment due date. Section 2.03. Term Note. The Borrower's obligation to repay the Loan shall be evidenced by its promissory note (the "Note") in substantially the form of Exhibit "A" attached hereto with blanks appropriately filled in and payable to the order of the Lender. The Note shall be dated the date of this Agreement and the principal of the Loan shall be repaid in ten (5) equal, consecutive annual installments, with the first installment due on May 1, 2006, with subsequent installments on the first day of each May thereafter to and including May 1, 2010, provided, however, that the last such installment shall be in the amount necessary to repay in full the unpaid principal amount of the Loan. Section 2.04. Prepayments. The Borrower may prepay the Note in whole or in part with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid, provided that each partial prepayment shall be in a principal amount of not less than the next due annual payment and shall be applied to the principal installments of the Note in the inverse order of their maturities. Section 2.05. Method of Payment. The Borrower shall make each payment under this Agreement and under the Note on the date when due in lawful money of the United States to the Lender at its Principal Office in immediately available funds. Whenever any payment to be made under this Agreement or under the Note shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest. Section 2.06. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loan hereunder shall be used by the Borrower to construct an eight (8) inch sewer main line from Washington Avenue to the Borrower's facility at the Yakima Air Terminal as provided for under the approved plans and specifications of the Project. The Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, use any part of such proceeds for any purpose not consistent with said proj ect. Term Loan Agreement 4. Article III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT Section 3.01. Condition Precedent to the Loan. The obligation of the Lender to make the Loan to Borrower is subject to the conditions precedent that the Lender shall have received on or before the day of such Loan each of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its counsel: (1) Note. The Note duly executed by the Borrower; (2) Evidence of authorization for all action by the Borrower. Copies of all authorizations by the members of the Borrower authorizing the action taken by the Borrower, including resolutions of its members, authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and each other document to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement; (3) Incumbency and signature certificate of the Borrower. A certificate (dated as of the date of this Agreement) of the President of Borrower certifying the names and true signatures of all members of the Borrower and of all officers authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party and each other documents to be delivered by the Borrower under this Agreement; (4) Security Agreement. A Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit "B" attached hereto with blanks appropriately filled in, granting the Lender a security interest in the Borrower's account receivables, inventory, equipment, general intangibles, and the proceeds thereof (5) Additional documentation. The Lender shall have received such other approvals, opinions, or documents as the Lender may reasonably request. Article IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that: Section 4.01. Formation, Good Standing, and Due Qualification. The Borrower is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Washington; has the power and authority to Term Loan Agreement 5. own its assets and to transact the business in which it is now engaged or proposed to be engaged in. Section 4.02. Power and Authority. The execution, delivery, and performance by the Borrower of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary company action. Section 4.03. Legally Enforceable Agreement. This Agreement is, and each of the other Loan Documents when delivered under this Agreement will be, legal, valid, and binding obligations of the Borrower and be enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, and other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally. Section 4.04. Litigation. There is no pending or threatened action or proceeding against or affecting the Borrower before any court, governmental agency, or arbitrator, which may, in any one case or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect the financial condition, operations, properties, or business of the Borrower or the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligation under the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Section 4.05. Ownership and Liens. The Borrower has title to all assets assigned or pledged to Lender as security for repayment of the Note. Section 4.06. Environment. The Borrower and the Guarantor have duly complied with, and their businesses, operations, assets, equipment, property, leaseholds, or other facilities are in compliance with, the provisions of all federal, state, and local environmental, health, and safety laws, codes and ordinances, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor has received notice of, nor knows of, or suspects, facts which might constitute any violations of any federal, state, or local environmental, health, or safety laws, codes or ordinances, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to its businesses, operations, assets, equipment, property, leaseholds, or other facilities. Neither the Borrower nor the Guarantor have any indebtedness, obligation, or liability, absolute or contingent, matured or not matured, with respect to the storage, treatment, cleanup, or disposal of any solid wastes, hazardous wastes, or other toxic or hazardous substances (including without limitation any such indebtedness, obligation, or liability with respect to any current regulation, law, or statute regarding such Term Loan Agreement 6. storage, treatment, cleanup, or disposal) which is not disclosed herein: Article V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS So long as the Note shall remain unpaid, the Borrower will: Section 5.01. Maintenance of Existence. Preserve and maintain its company existence and good standing in the jurisdiction of its formation. Section 5.02. Maintenance of Records. Keep adequate records and books of account reflecting all financial transactions of the Borrower. Section 5.03. Maintenance of Properties. Maintain, keep, and preserve all of its properties (tangible and intangible) necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Section 5.04. Conduct of Business. Continue to engage in an efficient and economical manner in a business of the same general type as now conducted by it on the date of this Agreement. Section 5.05. Compliance With Laws. Comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, paying before the same become delinquent all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its property. Section 5.06. Environment. Be and remain in compliance with the provisions of all federal, state, and local environmental, health, and safety laws, codes and ordinances, and all rules and regulations issued thereunder; notify the Lender immediately of any notice of a hazardous discharge or environmental complaint received from any governmental agency or any other party; notify the Lender immediately of any hazardous discharge from or affecting its premises; immediately contain and remove the same, in compliance with all applicable laws; promptly pay any fine or penalty assessed in connection therewith; permit the Lender to inspect the premises, to conduct tests thereon, and to inspect all books, correspondence, and records pertaining thereto; and at the Lender's request, and at the Borrower's expense, provide a report of a qualified environmental engineer, satisfactory in scope, form, and Term Loan Agreement 7. content to the Lender, and such other and further assurances reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the condition has been corrected. Article VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS So long as the Note shall remain unpaid, the Borrower will not: Section 6.01. Liens. Create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its assets assigned or pledged to Lender to secure payment under the Note and performance of all obligations under this Agreement, now or hereafter acquired. Article VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT Section 7.01. Events of Default. If any of the following events shall occur: (1) The Borrower should fail to pay the principal of, or interest on, the Note, or any fee, as and when due and payable; (2) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower in this Agreement, the Security Agreement, or the Note shall prove to have been incorrect, incomplete, or misleading in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; (3) The Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant, or agreement contained in Articles V, VI, or VII hereof; (4) The Borrower (a) shall generally not pay, or shall be unable to pay, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as such debts become due; or (b) shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petition or apply to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, or trustee for it or a substantial part of its assets; or (c) shall commence any proceeding under bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect; or (d) shall have had any such petition or application filed or any such proceeding commenced against it in which an order for relief is entered or an adjudication or appointment is made, and which remains undismissed for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or more; or (e) shall take any corporate action indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in Term Loan Agreement 8. any such petition, application, proceeding, or order for relief or the appointment of a custodian, receiver, or trustee for all or any substantial part of its properties; or (f) shall suffer any such custodianship, receivership, or trusteeship to continue undischarged for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or more; (5) The Lender otherwise deems itself insecure. Section 7.02. Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default, the Lender may, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Note, all interest thereon, and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Note, all such interest, and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to the Borrower (any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower), to deliver notice to the person obligated under the certificate of deposit to deliver all funds represented by said certificate of deposit to Lender and then to immediately set off and apply any and all such funds against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or the Note or any other Loan Document, irrespective of whether or not the Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or the Note or such other Loan Document and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Lender under this Section 7.01 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which the Lender may have. Term Loan Agreement 9. Article VIII MISCELLANEOUS Section 8.01. Amendments, Etc. No amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower from any Loan Document to which it is a party, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Lender, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. Section 8.02. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for under this Agreement and under the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party shall be in writing (including telegraphic, telex, and facsimile transmissions) and mailed or transmitted or delivered, if to the Borrower, at its address at: Cub Crafters, Inc. 1918 S. 16th Ave. PO BOX 9823 Yakima, Washington 98909 Attention: Jim Richmond and if to the Lender, at its address at: 129 North Second Street Yakima, Washington 98901 Attention: William R. Cook; or, as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 8.02. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such notices and communications shall be effective when deposited in the mails or delivered to the telegraph company, or sent, answer back received, respectively, addressed as aforesaid, except that notices to the Lender pursuant to the provisions of Article II shall not be effective until received by the Lender. Section 8.03. No Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any right, power, or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; not Term Loan Agreement 10. shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power, or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or remedy hereunder. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative, and are not exclusive of any other rights, powers, privileges, or remedies, now or hereafter existing, at law or in equity or otherwise. Section 8.04. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights under any Loan Document to which the Borrower is a party without the prior written consent of the Lender. Section 8.05. Integration. This Agreement and the Loan Documents contain the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede all oral statement and prior writings with respect thereto. Section 8.06. Indemnity. The Borrower hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, judgments, penalties, costs, and expenses (including attorney fees and court costs now or hereafter arising from the aforesaid enforcement of this clause) arising directly or indirectly from the activities of the Borrower, its predecessors in interest, or third parties with whom it has a contractual relationship, or arising directly or indirectly from the violation of any environmental protection, health, or safety law, whether such claims are asserted by any governmental agency or any other person. This indemnity shall survive termination of this Agreement. Section 8.07. Governing Law. This Agreement and the Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Washington. Section 8.08. Severability of Provisions. Any provision of any Loan Document which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of such Loan Document or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Section 8.09. Headings. Article and Section headings in the Loan Documents are included in such Loan Documents for the convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of the applicable Loan Documents for any other purpose. Section 8.11. Attorney Fees. In the event legal action is instituted to determine the rights and duties of the parties hereunder in any state or federal court, Term Loan Agreement 11. including bankruptcy court, the prevailing party in any court action shall be awarded, its reasonable attorney's fees, costs and expenses in pursuing such action in any state or federal court and enforcing such rights and duties determined thereby. Section 8.11. Jury Trial Waiver. THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM, OR COUNTERCLAIM, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE LOAN DOCUMENTS. NO OFFICER OF THE LENDER HAS AUTHORITY TO WAIVE, CONDITION, OR MODIFY THIS PROVISION. DISCLOSURE ORAL AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT, OR FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER WASHINGTON LAW. Term Loan Agreement 12. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written. ATTEST: City of Yakima 129 North Second Street Yakima, WA 98901 CITY OF YAKIMA B u\KI 1144 4 5. Il-ors614.-rz City Clerk S} AI , j. R. A. Zais, Jr., City Manager X:\CITY OF YAKIMA-20009\Cub Crafters, inc\Term Loan Agt. 031005.doc Term Loan Agreement 13. SECURITY AGREEMENT DEBTOR: CUB CRAFTERS, INC., a Washington corporation. SECURED PARTY: THE CITY OF YAKIMA, a Washington municipal corporation. As collateral securing all presents and future obligations of Debtor to Secured Party, Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest in: All of Debtor's rights, title and interest in and to all equipment, accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents, supplies, contract rights, rights to payment, interest accrued thereon, general intangibles related thereto, and insurance proceeds relating thereto, including but not limited to proceeds thereof. NONE OF WHICH THE DEBTOR IS AUTHORIZED TO SELL, LEASE OR OTHERWISE DISPOSE OF WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF SECURED PARTY; all cash and non-cash proceeds of any of the foregoing, in whatever form (including proceeds in the form of inventory, equipment or any other form of real or personal property), including proceeds of proceeds; all books and records relating to the any of the foregoing collateral, This security agreement is given to secure the payment and performance of all indebtedness and obligations of Debtor to Secured Party presently existing or hereafter arising, direct or indirect, all fees and costs expended by Secured Party to enforce its rights hereunder or to preserve and protect the above-described collateral and interest thereon. Debtor hereby represents, covenants and agrees with Secured Party as follows: 1. Additional Documents: Debtor shall execute from time to time, along with Secured Party, any financing statements, certificates, instruments, assignments, pledge agreements, powers of attorney, or other documents and do such other acts considered by Secured Party to be necessary or desirable to perfect or protect the security interest enacted hereby, and Debtor shall pay all costs and expenses relating to their preparation and filing. 1 2. Use of Collateral: Debtor agrees to comply with any governmental regulation affecting the use of the collateral and will not use or permit the use of the collateral in any unlawful manner. Debtor represents and agrees that the primary use of said collateral is for use and consumption in his business. 3. Debtor and Collateral Location: The collateral is in the possession of the Debtor. The address appearing next to Debtor's signature below is the chief executive office of Debtor's operations. 4. Ownership and Liens: Debtor is duly organized and existing under the laws of the state of its formation; owns the collateral and it is free and clear of all security interests and encumbrances of every nature, except as noted on the reverse. Debtor will not create or permit the existence of any lien or security interest other than that hereby created on the collateral without the written consent of Security Party. Any certificate of title now or hereafter existing on any of the collateral will be delivered to Secured Party and will recite the interest of Secured Party. 6. Removal, Sale and Accounting: Without the prior written consent of Secured Party, Debtor will not remove the collateral from the state where Debtor has indicated herein the collateral is located, nor sell or dispose of any portion of said collateral except on the following terms and conditions to which Debtor agrees: (a) All proceeds of any sale of the collateral consented to by Secured Party shall be obtained on a timely basis and in a form jointly payable to Debtor and Secured Party. Such proceeds shall be immediately delivered to Secured Party. All chattel paper, contracts, or other evidence of obligation, whether issued by a warehouse marketing group or otherwise, and all accounts receivable and other non-cash proceeds shall immediately be endorsed and assigned and delivered to Secured Party as security for the indebtedness secured thereby. (b) All of the proceeds of any such disposition, when and if received by Secured Party, may at the Secured Party's option be apphed to the indebtedness secured hereby. (c) The Secured Party may collect the proceeds of any of such accounts or other non-cash proceeds of sale, and at its discretion sell or dispose of any or all of the proceeds of said sale without notice to Debtor. (d) The Secured Party may assign or transfer the whole or any part of the indebtedness, obligation, or liability of the Debtor, and may transfer therewith as collateral security the whole or any part of the collateral herein mentioned, and all obhgations, rights, powers, and privileges herein provided shall inure to the benefit of the assignee and shall bind the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns of the parties hereto, as the case may be. 2 8. Expenses Incurred by Secured Party: Secured Party is not required to, but may at its option, pay any tax, other charge, assessment, or expense payable by Debtor and any filing or recording fees, and any amounts so paid shall be repayable by Debtor upon demand. All such sums shall bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date of payment by the Secured Party until repaid by Debtor and such sums and interest thereon shall be secured hereby. The rights granted by this paragraph are not a waiver of any other rights of Secured Party arising from breach of any of Debtor's covenants. 9. Appointment of Agent: The undersigned Debtor does hereby designate and appoint Secured Party, its successors and assigns, its true and lawful attorney or attorneys with power irrevocable, for it and in its name, place and stead to ask, demand, receive, receipt and give acquittance for any and all amounts which may be or become due or payable to Debtor pursuant to the collateral, or any amendments or supplements thereto, and in its discretion to file any claim or take any action or proceeding, or either, in its own name or in the name of the undersigned or otherwise, which to Secured Party or any successor or assignee may seem necessary or desirable in order to collect or enforce payment of any and all amounts which may become due or owing pursuant to said collateral, or any amendment or supplement thereto, and to endorse for collection, payment, receipt, or transfer, any draft, order, check, instrument, security, or document for or on behalf of Debtor. The acceptance of this appointment by Secured Party shall not obligate it to perform any duty, covenant, or obligation required to be performed by Debtor under or by virtue of said collateral or any amendments or supplements thereto. Secured Party, its successors and assigns may also execute, on behalf of Debtor, any financing statements or other instruments, which in the opinion of Secured Party, its successors or assigns, may be desirable to perfect or protect its position under the above collateral. 10. Waivers: This security agreement shall not be qualified or supplemented by course of dealing. No waiver or modification by Secured Party of any of the terms or conditions thereon shall be effective unless in writing signed by Secured Party. No waiver or indulgence by Secured Party as to any required performance by Debtor shall constitute a waiver as to any subsequent required performance or other obligations of Debtor hereunder. 11. Default: Time is of the essence in this security agreement, and in any of the following events, hereinafter called "Events of Default", to -wit: (a) Any failure to pay when due the full amount of any payment of principal, interest, taxes, insurance premiums or other charges which are or may be secured hereby; or (b) Any failure to perform as required by covenant or agreement herein; or (c) The falsity of any representation of Debtor herein or in any credit application or financial statement given by Debtor to Secured Party as a basis for any extension of credit secured hereby; or (d) If the collateral should be seized or levied upon under any legal or governmental process against Debtor or against the collateral; or 3 (e) If Debtor becomes insolvent or is the subject of a petition in bankruptcy, either voluntary or involuntary, or in any other proceeding under the federal bankruptcy laws, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or if Debtor is named or in the collateral is subjected to a suit for the appointment of a receiver; or (f) Entry of any judgment against Debtor; or (g) Dissolution or liquidation of Debtor; or (h) The Secured Party deems itself insecure. Then and in any of such events of default, the entire amount of indebtedness secured hereby shall then or at any time thereafter, at the option of Secured Party, become immediately due and payable without notice of demand, and Secured Party shall have an immediate right to pursue the remedies provided herein. 12. Remedies: In the event of a default hereunder, Secured Party shall have all remedies provided by law, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall be entitled as follows: (a) Debtor agrees to put Secured Party in possession of the collateral on demand; and (b) Secured Party is authorized to take possession of said collateral without notice or demand and without legal proceedings; and (c) Debtor agrees that any notice or other communication by Secured Party to Debtor shall be sent to the mailing address of the Debtor stated herein; and (d) Debtor agrees to pay on demand the amount of all expenses reasonably incurred by Secured Party in protecting or realizing on the collateral. In the event that this security agreement or any obligation secured by it is referred to an attorney for protecting or defending the priority of Secured Party's interest or for collection or realization procedures, Debtor agrees to pay a reasonable attorneys' fees, including fees incurred in both trial and appellate courts, either state or federal, and including bankruptcy court, or fees incurred without suit and expenses of title search and all court costs and costs of public officials. The sums agreed to be paid in this sub -paragraph shall be secured hereby; and (e) If Secured Party disposes of the collateral, Debtor agrees to pay any deficiency remaining after application of the net proceeds to any indebtedness secured hereby. 13. This security agreement and the indebtedness hereby secured are subject to the laws of the State of Washington and are to be construed in accordance thereof. Any legal action instituted with regard to the terms hereof shall have a venue laid in the County of Yakima. In the event of any collection action, or if legal action is instituted to determine the rights and duties of the parties hereunder, the moving or prevailing party shall be paid or awarded its 4 reasonable attorney's fees, expenses and costs 1n pursuing collection or in bringing any action in any state or federal court and enforcing such rights and duties determined thereby. DATED this I kr) day of , 2005. CUB CR FTERS;'INC. I / By•• k7-7v� Its: liPv FEIN: FY) X•\ CITY OF YAKIMA-20009\Cub Crafters, inc\SEC.AGT (CUB CRAFTERS) 031405 doe 5 EXHIBIT "A " TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT TERM NOTE $ 25,000.00 ►�L� �`i , 2005 Yakima, Washington FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Cub Crafters, INC., a Washington corporation (the "Borrower"), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of THE CITY OF YAKIMA, (the "Lender"), at its Principal Office located at 129 North 2nd Street, Yakima, Washington, the principal amount of TWENTY- FIVE THOUSAND and NO/100 DOLLARS ($25,000.00) in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds in five (5) equal, consecutive annual installments, with the first installment due on May 1, 2006 with subsequent installments on the first day of each May thereafter to and including May 1, 2010, provided, however, that the last such installment shall be in the amount necessary to repay in full the unpaid principal amount of this Term Note, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Term Note from the date of this Term Note until such principal amount has been fully repaid at a rate per annum equal to the rate set at Yakima County, Washington's "interfund transfer" rate. Any amount of principal hereof which is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, shall bear interest from the date when due until said principal amount is paid in full, at the publicly announced prime rate of interest by Bank of America as of the day immediately after the payment due date. If any installment of this Term Note becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall be payable thereon at the rate herein specified during such extension. This Term Note is the Note referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Term Loan Agreement of even date, between the Borrower and the Lender (the "Credit Agreement"). Terms used herein which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have their defined meanings when used herein. The Credit Agreement, Term Promissory Note 1 among other things, contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity of this Term Note upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity of this Term Note upon the terms and conditions specified in the Credit Agreement. This Term Note is secured by a Security Agreement referred to in the Credit Agreement, reference to which is hereby made for a description of the collateral provided for under the Security Agreement and the rights of the Borrower and the Lender with respect to such collateral. This Term Note shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington, provided that, as to the maximum rate of interest which may be charged or collected, if the laws applicable to the Lender permit it to charge or collect a higher rate than the laws of the State of Washington, then such law applicable to the Lender shall apply to the Lender under this Term Note. Venue for any action shall be in Yakima County. Attorney Fees: In the event of any collection activity, or if legal action is instituted to determine the rights and duties of the parties hereunder in any state or federal court, including bankruptcy court, the acting party shall be paid by the other party, or the prevailing party in any court action shall be awarded, its reasonable attorney's fees, costs and expenses in pursuing collection or in bringing such action in any state or federal court and enforcing such rights and duties determined thereby. CUB C'AFTERS INC. By: Title X:\CITY OF YAKIMA•20009\Cub Crafters, inc\Exh a to Loan Agt. (note).doc Term Promissory Note 2 BUSINESS OF THE CITY COUNCIL YAKIMA, WASHINGTON AGENDA STATEMENT Item No. *6 For Meeting Of: March 1, 2005 ITEM TITLE: Consideration of a resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute a SIED Fund Grant/Loan Contract with Yakima County to fund public infrastructure improvements related to the expansion of the Cub Crafters manufacturing facility located at the Yakima Air Terminal, Yakima, Washington. SUBMITTED BY: Bill Cook, Director of Community and Economic Development CONTACT: Bill Cook or Michael Morales, 575-6113 SUMMARY EXPLANATION: On January 4, 2005, the City Council approved submittal of a SIED grant/loan application for Cub Crafters, a local airplane manufacturer owned by Jim Richmond. Cub Crafters will construct a new $5,000,000 facility to expand its operations that will create 115 new jobs. The SIED Board and the Yakima County Commissioners have approved the application. As a condition of the award, the City must enter into a grant/loan agreement with Yakima County. We will also enter into an agreement with Cub Crafters for repayment to the City of the SIED loan. Resolution X Ordinance Contract X Other: Funding Source: Yakima County SIED Fund City M lager Approval for Submittal: STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends approval of the resolution. BOARD RECOMMENDATION: COUNCIL ACTION: Resolution adopted. RESOLUTION R-2005-43 1 129 N. 2nd Street Yakima, WA 98901 CITY CLCek.- City of Yakima u ur�r � RNs caN„gio„aN LLc. Yakima Airport Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer Project City Project No. 2113 Contract Specifications & Bid Documents May, 2005 Phone (509) 575-6111 Fax (509) 576-6305 BUSINESS OF THE CITY COUNCIL YAKIMA, WASHINGTON AGENDA STATEMENT Item No. t b f3. For Meeting Of 2/7/06 ITEM TITLE: Final Contract Payment for Cub Crafters Sanitary Sewer SUBMITTED BY: Department of Community & Economic Development - Engineering CONTACT PERSON/TELEPHONE: A. W. Adams, City Engineer — 575-6111 SUMMARY EXPLANATION: This project consisted of construction a new sanitary sewer from the existing Washington Avenue interceptor located along the north side of West Washington Ave, south into the Yakima airport just west of Wide Hollow Creek to serve the Cub Crafter Airplane Manufacturing facility and other buildings located along the east end of the airport. Final inspection for this project was made and the recommendation is that the project be accepted. This Council action is to accept the project and approve the final construction costs. Contractor: Muffett & Sons, Inc. Contract Award: 5/2/05 Contract Cost: $59,187.55 Amt. This Payment: -0- The above total contract cost is for construction only and does not include engineering and other costs. Resolution _ Ordinance X Other (Specify) Final Contract Payment Contract Mail to (name and address): Funding Source Sewer Construction APPROVED FOR SUBMITTAL: City Manager STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Accept the project and approve final estimate. COUNCIL ACTION: Standard Motion V -B was accepted and final payment approved. NO. FILE NO. 2113 CONTRACTOR: MUFFETT & SONS PROGRESS ESTIMATE NO. 3 FINAL ITEM 1 SPCC PLAN 2 MOBILIZATION 3 TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 4 TRAFFIC CONTROL LABOR 5 CONSTRUCTION SIGNS CLASS A 6 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 7 SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION CLASS B 8 SURFACE REPAIR 9 MANHOLE 48 IN DIAM TYPE 1 10 MANHOLE 48 IN DIAM TYPE 3 11 SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT 12 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 13 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CLASS B INCL HAUL 14 PVC SANIATRY SEWER PIPE 8 IN DIAM 15 REPAIR OR REPLAEMENT PREVIOUS PAYMENTS 1 $52,032.92 2 $4,419.53 CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON IMPROVEMENT: CUB CRAFTERS SANITARY SEWER UNIT QUANTITY LS 100% LS 100% HR 86 HR 73.00 SF 64.00 LS 100% LF 375.00 SY 69.00 EA 3.00 EA 1.00 EA 1.00 TON 222.00 CY 352.00 LF 351.00 FA 4182.49 I certify tht the above estimate is true and correct. ,e4 I.) City Engineer UNIT PRICE $1,500.00 $3,250.00 $34.00 $33.00 $9.00 $500.00 $1.50 $125.00 $1,850.00 $3,400.00 $450.00 $14.50 $4.00 $46.00 $8,000.00 TOTAL 8.2% SALES TAX 5% RETAINAGE LESS PREVIOUSLY TOTAL 1/23/2006 AMOUNT % OF CONTRACT CONT AMOUNT $1,500.00 100% $1,500.00 $3,250.00 100% $3,250.00 $2,924.00 43% $6,800.00 $2,409.00 91% $2,640.00 $576.00 100% $576.00 $500.00 100% $500.00 $562.50 101% $555.00 $8,625.00 153% $5,625.00 $5,550.00 150% $3,700.00 $3,400.00 100% $3,400.00 $450.00 100% $450.00 $3,219.00 127% $2,537.50 $1,408.00 101% $1,400.00 $16,146.00 99% $16,330.00 $4,182.49 52% $8,000.00 $54,701.99 96% $57,263.50 $4,485.56 $2,735.10 $56,452.45 $0.00 23 May OV, 2005 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Engineering Division 129 North Second Street Yakima, Washington 98901 (509) 575-6111 • Fax 576-6305 K. Wendell Adams, City Engineer Muffett & Sons Construction L.L.C. 2516 Main Street Union Gap, Washington 98903 Re: Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 Dear Mr. Muffett: The City Manager of the City of Yakima, has authorized an award of the contract for the above referenced project to your company on the basis of your low bid submitted on May 19, 2005 in the amount of $61,959.11. This letter is official notification of the award of the contract to your company by the City of Yakima. We have prepared one copy of the Project Documents with your bid information for your surety company, and four (4) copies of the Contract form for your signature You may obtain these documents at the City Clerk's office. You have ten (10) days from this date to sign the Contract document forms and furnish the required Performance Bond and Certificate of Insurance Your attention is directed to Section 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (APWA only) of the APWA Supplement to the Standard Specifications for coverage limits, additional insurance requirements and special ACORD form wording Please contact Bruce Floyd, Construction Supervisor, of our office within ten (10) days of this date to schedule a pre -construction conference, and to discuss various forms and documentation that must be completed and turned into him at the Pre -construction Conference. The Notice to Proceed will also be discussed at the Pre -construction Conference. Bruce's office phone is 575-6138. For your information, we are enclosing a copy of the bid summary for this project. K. Wendell Adams, P.E City Engineer encl. Cc Bob Desgrosellier, Senior Engineer Bruce Floyd, Construction Supervisor Al Rose, Project Engineer Wendy Leinan, Contract Specialist City Clerk Edna Pettyjohn Finance Lowel J Krueger, CubCrafters Jerry Kilpatric, Assistant Airport Mgr File Yakima AI -Amato Oh 'ijj1: 1994 5.20 -mos DATE CI ENGINEER DATE CITY MANAGER DATE. MAY 19, 2005 FILE. Project Bid Sum Tab.pub SHEET 1 of 1 7 BID SUMMARY CUB CRAFTER SANITARY SEWER CITY PROJECT NO. 2113 ENGINEERS ESTIMATE MUFFETT & SONS CONST LLC 2516 Main St Union Gap, WA 98903 MRM CONST. INC. P.O. BOX 838 Ellensburg, WA 98926 ALLSTAR, INC. 2646 VanGlunn Richland, WA 99354 BELSAAS & SMITH P0.80X 926 Ellensburg, WA 98926 ITEM Bid Security NO. ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 1 SPCC PLAN 1 LS $750.00 $750.00 $1,500.00 51,500.00 $378.00 5378.00 $1,550.00 51,550.00 59,600.00 59,600.00 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS $10,000.00 $10,000.00 53,250.00 $3,250.00 510,449.00 510,449.00 523,900.00 523,900.00 527,200.00 $27,200.00 3 TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 200 HR 535.00 57,000.00 534.00 56,800.00 536.72 57,344.00 560.61 512,122.00 595.00 519,000.00 4 TRAFFIC CONTROL 80 HR 533.00 52,640.00 533.00 52,640.00 533.4.8 52,678.40 556.43 54,514.40 536.00 52,880.00 5 CONSTRUCTION SIGNS CLASS 'A' 64 SF $10.00 5640.00 59.00 5576.00 58.64 5552.96 $70.31 54,499.84 $9.00 $576.00 6 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 LS 55,000.00 55,000.00 5500.00 5500.00 $2,477.52 52,477.52 51,886.60 51,886.60 55,820.00 55,820.00 7 SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION CLASS B 370 LF 50.50 5185.00 $1.50 5555.00 $2.43 5899.10 $8.45 53,126.50 517 00 56,290.00 8 SURFACE REPAIR 45 SY 515.00 $675.00 $125.00 55,625.00 5138.78 $6,245.10 5736.74 533,153.30 5276.00 512,420.00 9 MANHOLE, 481N. DIAM. TYPE 1 2 EA 52,100.00 54,200.00 51,850.00 53,700.00 $4,174.20 $8,348.40 52,443.24 $4,886.48 $3,850.00 57,700.00 10 MANHOLE, 481N. DIAM. TYPE 1 EA $2,100.00 52,100.00 53,400.00 $3,400.00 $2,594.16 52,594.16 51,844.92 $1,844.92 52,950.00 52,950.00 11 SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT 1 EA $500.00 5500.00 5450.00 $450.00 5610.20 5610.20 5898.48 5898.48 $400.00 5400.00 12 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE (for Trench Backfill) 175 TON 515.00 52,625.00 514.50 $2,537.50 $20.27 53,547.25 $39.87 $6,977.25 $17.00 52,975.00 13 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CLASS 8 INCL. HAUL 350 CY 55.00 51,750.00 54.00 51,400.00 $1.08 5378.00 $65.37 522,879.50 $13.00 54,550.00 14 PVC SANITARY SEWER PIPE 8 IN. DIAM. 355 LF $28.00 59,940.00 ' 546.00 516,330.00 $46.32 $16,443.60 523.91 58,488.05 $97.00 $34,435.00 15 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT 1 FA $8,000.00 $8,000.00 $8,000.00 58,000.00 58,000.00 58,000.00 58,000.00 $8,000.00 $8,000.00 $8,000.00 SUB-TOTAL 556,005.00 557,263.50 570,945.69 5138,727.32 5144,796.00 STATE SALES TAX (8.2%) $4,592.41 54,695.61 $5,817.55 511,375.64 511,873.27 TOTAL BID Project 2113 560,597.41 $61,959.11 576,763.24 5160,102.96 $156,669.27 ENGINEERS CITY REPORT '..� CITY COMPETITIVE BIDS WERE OPENED ON MAY 19, 2005. �4.1 ►' i %� OF YAKIMA ALL BIDS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THIS OFFICE. ?4. , ••. 4- 1 CUB CRAFTER SANITARY SEWER ' trh 1 RECOMMEND THE CONTRACT BE AWARDED TO: ,.' -~ • �: I r AWARD MADE BY CITY MANAGER Muffett & Sons Construction LLC s y PROJECT NO 2113 5.20 -mos DATE CI ENGINEER DATE CITY MANAGER DATE. MAY 19, 2005 FILE. Project Bid Sum Tab.pub SHEET 1 of 1 23 May go, 2005 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Engineering Division 129 North Second Street Yakima, Washington 98901 (509) 575-6111 • Fax 576-6305 K. Wendell Adams, City Engineer Muffett & Sons Construction L.L.C. 2516 Main Street Union Gap, Washington 98903 Re: Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 Dear Mr. Muffett: The City Manager of the City of Yakima, has authorized an award of the contract for the above referenced project to your company on the basis of your low bid submitted on May 19, 2005 in the amount of $61,959.11. This letter is official notification of the award of the contract to your company by the City of Yakima. We have prepared one copy of the Project Documents with your bid information for your surety company, and four (4) copies of the Contract form for your signature. You may obtain these documents at the City Clerk's office. You have ten (10) days from this date to sign the Contract document forms and furnish the required Performance Bond and Certificate of Insurance Your attention is directed to Section 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (APWA only) of the APWA Supplement to the Standard Specifications for coverage limits, additional insurance requirements and special ACORD form wording Please contact Bruce Floyd, Construction Supervisor, of our office within ten (10) days of this date to schedule a pre -construction conference, and to discuss various forms and documentation that must be completed and turned into him at the Pre -construction Conference. The Notice to Proceed will also be discussed at the Pre -construction Conference. Bruce's office phone is 575-6138. For your information, we are enclosing a copy of the bid summary for this project. Sincerely, K. Wendell Adams, P.E. City Engineer encl. Cc Bob Desgrosellier, Senior Engineer Bruce Floyd, Construction Supervisor Al Rose, Project Engineer Wendy Leinan, Contract Specialist City Clerk Edna Pettyjohn Finance Lowe! J. Krueger, CubCrafters Jerry Kilpatric, Assistant Airport Mgr. File Yakima 'III'! 1994 BID SUMMARY CUB CRAFTER SANITARY SEWER CITY PROJECT NO. 2113 ENGINEERS ESTIMATE MUFFETT&SONS CONST. LLC 2516 Main St Union Gap, WA 98903 MRM CONST. INC. P.O. BOX 838 Ellensburg, WA 98926 ALLSTAR, INC. 2616 VanGirNn Richland, WA 99354 BELSAAS & SMITH P.O. BOX926 Ellensburg, WA 98926 ITEM Bid Security NO. ITEM QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 1 SPCC PLAN 1 LS 5750.00 $750.00 51,500.00 $1,500.00 $378.00 $378.00 $1,550.00 $1,550.00 $9,600.00 $9,600.00 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS $10,000.00 510,000.00 53,250.00 53.250.00 510,449.00 510,449.00 523,900.00 523,900.00 $27,200.00 527,200.00 3 TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 200 HR 535.00 57,000.00 534.00 56,800.00 $36.72 57,344.00 $60.61 $12,122.00 $95.00 519,000.00 4 TRAFFIC CONTROL 80 HR 533.00 52,640.00 533.00 52,640.00 533.48 52,678.40 556.43 $4,514.40 $36.00 $2,880.00 5 CONSTRUCTION SIGNS CLASS 'A' 64 SF 510.00 5640.00 59 00 5576.00 $8.64 5552.96 $70.31 $4,499.84 $9.00 $576.00 6 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 LS 55,000.00 55,000.00 5500.00 5500.00' $2,477.52 52,477.52 51,886.60 $1,886.60 55,820.00 $5,820.00 7 SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION CLASS 8 370 LF 50.50 5185.00 $1.50 5555.00 $2.43 5899.10 $8.45 $3,126.50 . 517.00 $6,290.00 8 SURFACE REPAIR 45 SY $15.00 $675.00 $125.00 55,625.00 5138.78 56,245.10 $736.74 533,153.30 $276.00 512,420.00 9 MANHOLE, 48 IN. DIAM. TYPE 1 2 EA 52,100.00 54,200.00 51,850.00 53,700.00 54,174.20 58,348.40 52,443.24 54,886.48 53,850.00 57,700.00- 10 MANHOLE, 48 IN. DIAM. TYPE 3 1 EA 52,100.00 52,100.00 53,400.00 53,400.00 52,594.16 52,594.16 $1,844.92 $1,844.92 52,950.00 52,950.04` 11 SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT 1 EA 5500.00 5500.00 5450.00 5450.00 5610.20 5610.20 5898.48 5898.48 $400.00 $400.00 12 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE (for Trench Backfill) 175 TON 515.00 52,625.00 514.50 $2,537.50 520.27 $3,547.25 $39.87 $6,977.25 517.00 52,975.00- 2,975.0013 13STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CLASS 8 INCL. HAUL 350 CY 55.00 51,750.00 54.00 51,400.00 51.08 $378.00 565.37 522,879.50 513.00 54,550.00 14 PVC SANITARY SEWER PIPE 8 IN. DIAM. 355 LF $28.00 59,940.00 546.00 $16,330.00 546.32 516,443.60 523.91 58,488.05 $97.00 534,435.00 15 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT 1 FA $8,000.00 58,000.00 $8,000.00 58,000.00 58,000.00 58,000.00 58,000.00 58,000.00 $8,000.00 $8,000.00 SUB-1'OTAL 556,005.00 557,263.50 570,945.69 $138,727.32 $144,796.00 STATE SALES TAX (8.2%) $4,592.41 54,695.61 $5,817.55 511,375.64 511,873.27 TOTAL BID Project 2113 $60,597 41 561,959.11 $76,763.24 5150,102.96 5156,669.27/ f I CITY ENGINEERS REPORT _ �� CITY OF YAKIMA COMPETITIVE BIDS WERE OPENED ON MAY 19, 2005. �= �, I' r� \�i'� ALL BIDS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THIS OFFICE. 1 ti4 CUB CRAFTER SANITARY SEWER ' yrrrr I RECOMMEND THE CONTRACT BE AWARDED TO: .. -~ I `~, ) i AWARD MADE BY CITY MANAGER Muffett & Sons Construction LLC y:� �y i r?h - � rhih PROJECT NO 2113 DATE. ' MAY 19 2005 �� .5--Z C2 -Z-4'a S �� _� •, �•.,\oj FILE. Project Bid Sum Tab.pub �C`IITTY `^- ,= h` "" DATE MANAGER DATE CI ENGINEER ti`...„�--�'�SHEET 1 of CITY OF -YAKIMA. Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 ; 21, D') EXPIRES I 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Yakima, 129 North 2nd Street, Yakima, Washington, 98901 of Yakima, until 2:00 PM on May 19, 2005 and will then and there be opened and publicly read for the construction of CITY OF YAKIMA Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment required to construct New Sanitary Sewer from the existing Washington Ave. Interceptor, located along the north side of W. Washington Ave., south into the Yakima Airport just west of Wide Hollow Creek to serve the Cub Crafter Airplane Manufacturing facility and other buildings located along the east end of the airport. The project includes: the installation of approximately 355 linear feet of 8 -inch P.V.C. Sanitary Sewer Pipe and all appurtenances. AH in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as prepared by the City Engineer of the City of Yakima. Potential bidders are advised that they may contact the Assistant Airport Manager, Jerry Kilpatrick at (509) 575-6149 to view the project area before submitting a bid on this project. All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such bid proposal. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contract and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Yakima. Plans and specifications may be obtained at the Office of the City Engineer located at 129 North 2nd Street upon payment of the amount of $50.00 for each set, non refundable, or by ordering a set by phone at 509-575-6111 or by FAX at 509-576-6314. Informational copies of maps, plans, and specifications are on file for inspection in the Office of the City Engineer of Yakima in Yakima, Washington, and at Plan Centers in Yakima and Kennewick, Washington. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and proposals. DATED this 2nd day of May, 2005 (SEAL) KAREN ROBERTS CITY CLERK PUBLISH May 4, 2005 May 5, 2005 3 CONTENTS CITY OF YAKIMA Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 SECTION PAGE INVITATION TO BID 3 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Standard Specifications 7 Amendments to the 2004 Standard Specifications 7 CONTRACT PROVISIONS Special Provisions 43 Project Description 43 1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions 44 1-03 Award and Execution of Contract . 44 1-05 Control of Work 44 1-06 Control of Material 45 1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public 47 1-08 Prosecution and Progress 51 1-10 Temporary Traffic Control 51 2-07 Watering 52 2-09 Structure Excavation 52 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (APWA) 54 7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells 75 7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements 75 7-17 Sanitary Sewers 76 8-30 Repair or Replacement (New Section) 77 9-03 Aggregates 78 FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION & YAKIMA AIRPORT REGULATIONS.. 79 Advisory Circular AC No. 150/5370-2E Attachment Operations Plan — Construction Safety Plan Attachment Contract Form 81 Performance Bond Form 83 Informational Certificate of Insurance 85 Informational Additional Insured Endorsement 87 Minimum Wage Affidavit Form 89 PREVAILING WAGE RATES Prevailing Wage Rates 91 STATE WAGE RATES 93 PROPOSAL Proposal Form 95 Item Proposal Bid Sheet 97 Bid Bond Form 99 Non -Collusion Declaration 101 Non -Discrimination Provision 103 Subcontractor List 105 Women and Minority Business Enterprise Poiicy 107 Council Resolution 109 Affirmative Action Ptan 111 Bidders Certification 113 Subco:t:odomCudifiomUon 115 Materially and Responsive 117 Proposal Signature Sheet 119 Bidders Check List 121 PLANS & DETAILS Standard Details Construction Plans Airport Safet& Security Plan STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction published by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, by this reference, are made a part of these Contract Documents. Except as may be amended, modified, or supplemented hereinafter, each section of the Standard Specifications shall be considered as much a part of these Contract Documents as if they were actually set forth herein The APWA Supplement to Division 1 (Division 1-99) of the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction will apply to this Contract. ALSO Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular AC No. 150/5370-2E and the Operations Plan - Construction Safety Plan are included herein and shall be considered an integral part of these Special Provisions. The FAA Rules and Regulations shall take precedence where conflicts are found. INTRODUCTION The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the Amendment or the latest date of revision. Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. 7 AMENDMENTS SECTION 1-99, APWA SUPPLEMENT April 4, 2005 Section 1-04.2 (APWA Only) page 1-125 The second paragraph is revised to read: Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda, 2. Proposal Form, 3. Special Provisions, 4. Contract Plans, 5. Amendments to Division 1-99 APWA Supplement 6. Division 1-99 APWA Supplement 7. Amendments to the WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications, 8. WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 9. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans (if any) 10. WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction Section 1-07.18.4 (APWA Only) Page 1-134 and 1-135 This section is revised to read: When the Contractor delivers the executed contract for the work to the Contracting Agency it shall be accompanied by a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth above. The certificate must conform to the following requirements: An ACORD certificate Form 25-S, showing the insuring company, policy effective dates, limits of liability and the Schedule of Forms and Endorsements. A copy of the endorsement naming Contracting Agency and any other entities required by the Contract Provisions as Additional Insured(s), and stating that coverage is primary and noncontributory, showing the policy number, and signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company on Form CG2010 (ISO) or equivalent. The certificate(s) shall not contain the following or similar wording regarding cancellation notification to the Contracting Agency: "Failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company." R Section 1-10 Temporary Traffic Control (APWA Only) page 141 This section is revised to read: 1-10.1(2) Description (APWA only) The third paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide flaggers, signs, and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No work shall be done on or adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place SECTION 1-07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC April 4, 2005 1-07.11(10)B Required Records and Retention The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: Monthly Employment Utilization Reports WSDOT Form #820-010 or substitute form as approved by the Contracting Agency. This form is required for all federally assisted projects if the contract is equal to or greater then $10,000 and for every associated subcontract equal to or greater than $10,000. These monthly reports are to be maintained in the respective Contractor or subcontractor's records. In addition, for contracts with a value of $100,000 or more, the Contractor shall submit copies of the completed WSDOT form 820-010 or approved substitute to the Contracting Agency by the fifth of each month throughout the term of the contract. The Contractor shall also collect and submit these forms monthly from every subcontractor who holds a subcontract with a value of $100,000 or more. Failure to submit the required reports by their due dates may result in the withholding of progress estimate payments. 1-07.13(4) Repair of Damage This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1-07.13(1), 1- 07.13(2) or 1-07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.4 using the estimated bid item "Reimbursement for Third Party Damage". In the event the Contracting Agency pays for damage to the Contractor's work or for damage to the Contractor's equipment caused by third parties, any claim the Contractor had or may have had against the third party shall be deemed assigned to the Contracting Agency, to the extent of the Contracting Agency's payment for such damage. Payment will be limited to repair of damaged work only. No payment will be made for delay or disruption of work. 9 For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for "Reimbursement For Third Party Damage" in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 1-07.16(1) Private/Public Property This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall not use Contracting Agency owned or controlled property other than that directly affected by the contract work without the approval of the Engineer. If the I Vlr yilrer grants such approval, the Con+r anVr shall then vacate the area when ordered to do so by the Engineer. Approval to temporarily use the property shall not create any entitlement to further use or to compensation for any conditions or requirements imposed. The Contractor shall protect private or public property on or in the vicinity of the work site. The Contractor shall ensure that it is not removed, damaged, destroyed, or prevented from being used unless the contract so specifies. Property includes land, utilities, trees, landscaping, improvements legally on the right-of- way, markers, monuments, buildings, structures, pipe, conduit, sewer or water lines, signs, and other property of all description whether shown on the plans or not. If the Engineer orders , or if otherwise necessary, the Contractor shall install protection, acceptable to the Engineer, for property such as that listed in the previous paragraph. The Contractor is responsible for locating and protecting all property that is subject to damage by the construction operation. If the Contractor (or agents/employees of the Contractor) damage, destroy, or interfere with the use of such property, the Contractor shall restore it to original condition. The Contractor shall also halt any interference with the property's use. If the Contractor refuses or does not respond immediately, the Engineer may have such property restored by other means and subtract the cost from money that will be or is due the Contractor. The Contractor may access the worksite from adjacent properties. The Contractor shall not use or allow others to use this access to merge with public traffic. During non -working hours, the Contractor shall provide a physical barrier that is either locked or physically unable to be moved without equipment. The access shall not go through any existing structures. The access may go through fencing. The Contractor shall control or prevent animals from entering the worksite to the same degree that they were controlled before the fence was removed. The Contractor shall prevent persons not involved in the contract work from entering the worksite through the access or through trails and pathways intersected by the access. If the contract documents require that existing trails or pathways be maintained during construction, the Contractor will insure the safe paaoauv of tr ail or pathway users. The Contractor shall effectively control airborne particulates that are generated by use of the access. The location and use of the access shall not adversely affect wetlands or sensitive areas in any manner. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all haul road agreements, permits and/or easements associated with the access. The Contractor shall replace any fence, repair any damage and restore the site to its original state when the access is no longer noorlAri, The Contractor shall bear all casts associated with this worksite access. 1-07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration The new paragraph below is inserted to follow the third paragraph: Any pruning activity required to complete the work as specified shall be performed by persons qualified as a Certified Arborist at the direction of the Engineer. In In the fifth paragraph, "Guide for Plant Appraisal, Eighth Edition" is revised to read "Guide for Plant Appraisal, Current Edition". 1-07.16(3) Fences, Mailboxes, Incidentals The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: The Contractor shall maintain any temporary fencing to prevent pedestrians from entering the worksite and to preserve livestock, crops, or property when working through or adjacent to private property. 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall obtain and keep in force the following policies of insurance. The policies shall be with companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to Chapter 48.05, RCW. Unless otherwise indicated below, the policies shall be kept in force from the execution date of the contract until the date of acceptance by the Secretary (Section 1-05.12). 1. Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance providing bodily injury and property damage liability coverage with limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for each policy period, written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form CG0009 together with Washington State Department of Transportation Amendatory Endorsement No. CG 29 08, specifying the State of Washington as a named insured. The Contractor may choose to terminate this insurance after the date of Substantial Completion as determined by the Engineer or, should Substantial Completion not be achieved, after the date of Physical Completion as determined by the Engineer. In the event the Contractor elects to terminate this coverage, prior to acceptance of the contract, the Contractor shall first obtain an endorsement to the Commercial General Liability Insurance described below that establishes the Contracting Agency on that policy as an additional insured. 2. Commercial General Liability Insurance written under ISO Form CG0001 or its equivalent with minimum limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for each policy period. This protection may be a CGL policy or any combination of primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less than $3,000,000. Products and completed operations coverage shall be provided for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. 3. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance providing bodily injury and property damage liability coverage for all owned and nonowned vehicles assigned to or used in the performance of the work with a combined single limit of not Tess than $1,000,000 each occurrence with the State named as an additional insured in connection with the Contractor's Performance of the contract. The Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance policy shall not be subject to a deductible or contain provisions for a deductible. The Commercial General Liability policy and the Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance policy may, at the discretion of the Contractor, contain such provisions. If a deductible applies to any claim under these policies, then payment of that deductible will be the responsibility of the Contractor, notwithstanding any claim of liability against the Contracting Agency. However in no event shall any provision for a deductible provide for a deductible in excess of $50,000.00. 11 Prior to contract execution, the Contractor shall file with the Department of Transportation, Contract Payment Section, P.O. Box 47420, Olympia, WA 98504-7420, ACORD Form Certificates of Insurance evidencing the minimum insurance coverages required under these specifications. All insurance policies and Certificates of Insurance shall include a requirement providing for a minimum of 45 days prior written notice to the Contracting Agency of any cancellation or reduction of coverage. All insurance coverage required by this section shall be written and provided by' occurrence -based" policy forms rather than by "claims made" forms. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five working days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. All costs for insurance, including any payments of deductible amounts, shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit contract prices and no additional payment will be made. 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall enter interstate highways only through legal movements from existing roads, streets, and through other access points specifically allowed by the contract documents. The fourth sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: Deficiencies not caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor, when ordered by the Engineer, at the Contracting Agency's expense. In the sixth paragraph, 3. "C", the first sentence is revised to read: Temporary concrete barrier or other approved barrier installed on the traffic side of the drop-off with 2 feet between the drop-off and the back of the barrier and a new edge of pavement stripe a minimum of 2 feet from the face of the barrier. SECTION 1-09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT April 5, 2004 1-09.6 Force Account On page 1-91, under "For Labor", the fourth and fifth sentences in the second paragraph are deleted. 1-09.7 Mobilization Under the second paragraph, item 3 is revised to read: When the substantial completion date has been established for the project, payment of any amount bid for mobilization in excess of 10 percent of the total original contract amount will ha pair4 �' SECTION 1-10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL December 6, 2004 Section 1-10 is revised in its entirety to read: 1-10.1 General The Contractor, utilizing contractor labor and contractor -provided equipment and materials (except when such labor, equipment or materials are to be provided by the Contracting Agency as specifically identified herein), shall plan, manage, supervise and perform all temporary traffic control activities needed to support the work of the contract. 1-10.1(1) Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Stop/Slow Paddles 9-35.1 Construction Signs 9-35.2 Wood Sign Posts 9-35.3 Sequential Arrow Signs 9-35.4 Portable Changeable Message Signs 9-35.5 Barricades 9-35.6 Traffic Safety Drums 9-35.7 Barrier Drums 9-35.8 Traffic Cones 9-35.9 Tubular Markers 9-35.10 Warning Lights and Flashers 9-35.11 Truck -Mounted Attenuator 9-35.12 1-10.1(2) Description The Contractor shall provide flaggers, spotters and all other personnel required for labor for traffic control activities and not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall perform all procedures necessary to support the contract work. The Contractor shall provide signs and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on or adjacent to highways, roads, or streets. No work shall be done on or adjacent to the roadway until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. The traffic control resources and activities described shall be used for the safety of the public, of the Contractor's employees, and of the Contracting Agency's personnel and to facilitate the movement of the traveling public. Traffic control resources and activities may be used for the separation or merging of public and construction traffic when such use is in accordance with a specific approved traffic control plan. Upon failure of the Contractor to immediately provide flaggers; erect, maintain, and remove signs; or provide, erect, maintain, and remove other traffic control devices when ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contracting Agency may, without further notice to the Contractor or the Surety, perform any of the above and deduct all of the costs from the Contractor's payments. 13 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate labor, sufficient signs, and other traffic control devices, and for performing traffic control procedures needed for the protection of the work and the public at all times regardless of whether or not the labor, devices or procedures have been ordered by the Engineer, furnished by the Contracting Agency, or paid for by the Contracting Agency. Wherever possible when performing contract work, the Contractor's equipment shall follow normal and legal traffic movements. The Contractor's ingress and egress of the work area shall be accomplished with as little disruption to traffic as possible. Traffic control devices shall be removed by picking up the devices in a reverse sequence to that used for installation. This may require moving backwards through the workzone. When located behind barrier or at other locations shown on approved traffic control plans, equipment may operate in a direction opposite to adjacent traffic. The Contractor is advised that the Contracting Agency may have entered into operating agreements with one or more law enforcement organizations for cooperative activities. Under such agreements, at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, law enforcement personnel may enter the workzone for enforcement purposes and may participate in the Contractor's traffic control activities. The responsibility under the contract for all traffic control resides with the Contractor and any such participation by law enforcement personnel in Contractor traffic control activities will be referenced in the Special Provisions or will be preceded by an agreement and, if appropriate, a cost adjustment. Nothing in this contract is intended to create an entitlement, on the part of the Contractor, to the services or participation of the law enforcement organization. 1-10.2 Traffic Control Management 1-10.2(1) General It is the Contractor's responsibility to plan, conduct and safely perform the work. The Contractor shall manage temporary traffic control with his or her own staff. Traffic control management responsibilities shall be formally assigned to one or more company supervisors who are actively involved in the planning and management of field contract activities. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of the formal assignment. The duties of traffic control management may not be subcontracted. The Contractor shall designate an individual or individuals to perform the duties of the primary Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS). The designation shall also identify an alternate TCS who can assume the duties of the primary TCS in the event of that person's inability to perform. The TCS shall be responsible for safe implementation of approved Traffic Control Plans provided by the Contractor. The designated individuals shall be certified as worksite traffic control supervisors by one of the organizations listed in the Special Provisions. Possession of a current flagging card by the TCS is mandatory. A traffic control management assignment and a TCS designation are required on all projects that will utilize traffic control. The Contractor shall maintain 24-hour telephone numbers at which the Contractor's assigned traffic control management personnel and the TCS can be contacted and be available upon the Engineer's request at other than normal working hours. These persons shall have the resources, ability and authority to expeditiously correct any deficiency in the traffic control system. 14 1-10.2(1)A Traffic Control Management The responsibilities of the Contractor's traffic control management personnel shall include: 1. Overseeing and approving the actions of the Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) to ensure that proper safety and traffic control measures are implemented and consistent with the specific requirements created by the Contractor's workzones and the Contract. Some form of oversight shall be in place and effective even when the traffic control management personnel are not present at the jobsite. 2. Providing the Contractor's designated TCS with approved Traffic Control Plans (TCPs) which are compatible with the work operations and traffic control for which they will be implemented. Having the latest adopted edition of the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD,) including the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD and applicable standards and specifications available at all times on the project. 3. Discussing proposed traffic control measures and coordinating implementation of the Contractor -adopted traffic control plan(s) with the Engineer. 4. Coordinating all traffic control operations, including those of subcontractors and suppliers, with each other and with any adjacent construction or maintenance operations. 5. Coordinating the project's activities (such as ramp closures, road closures, and lane closures) with appropriate police, fire control agencies, city or county engineering, medical emergency agencies, school districts, and transit companies. 6. Overseeing all requirements of the contract that contribute to the convenience, safety, and orderly movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. 7. Reviewing the TCS's diaries daily and being aware of field traffic control operations. 8. Being present on-site a sufficient amount of time to adequately satisfy the above - listed responsibilities. Failure to carry out any of the above -listed responsibilities shall be a failure to comply with the contract and may result in a suspension of work as described in Section 1-08.6. 15 1-10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized or Tess frequently, as authorized by the Engineer. The TCS shall personally perform all the duties of the TCS. During nonwork periods, the TCS shall be available to the job site within a 45 -minute time period after notification by the Engineer. The TCS's duties shall include: 1. Having a current set of approved traffic control plans (TCPs), applicable contract provisions as provided by the Contractor, the latest adopted edition of the MUTCD, including the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD, the book Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, and applicable standards and specifications. 2. Inspecting traffic control devices and nighttime lighting for proper location, installation, message, cleanliness, and effect on the traveling public. Traffic control devices shall be inspected at least once per hour during working hours except that Class A signs and nighttime lighting need to be checked only once a week: Traffic control devices left in place for 24 hours or more shall also be inspected once during the nonworking hours when they are initially set up (during daylight or darkness, whichever is opposite of the working hours). The TCS shall correct, or arrange to have corrected, any deficiencies noted during these inspections. 3. Preparing a daily traffic control diary on each day that traffic control is performed using DOT Forms 421-040A and 421-040B, and submitting them to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day. The Contractor may use alternate forms if approved by the Engineer. Diary entries shall include, but not be limited to: a. Time of day when signs and traffic control devices are installed and removed, b. Location and condition of signs and traffic control devices, c. Revisions to the traffic control plan, d. Lighting utilized at night, and e. Observations of traffic conditions. 4. Making minor revisions to the traffic control pian to accommodate site conditions provided that the original intent of the traffic control pan is maintained and the revision has the concurrence of both the Contractor and the Engineer. 5. Attending traffic control coordinating meetings or coordination activities as necessary for full understanding and effective performance. 6. Ensuring that all needed traffic control devices and equipment are available and in good working condition prior to the need to install or utilize them. The TCS may perform the work described in Section 1-10.3(1)A Flaggers and Spotters or in Section 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor provided that the duties of the TCS are accomplished. 16 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans The traffic control plan or plans appearing in the contract documents show a method of handling traffic. All construction signs, flaggers, spotters and other traffic control devices are shown on the traffic control plan(s) except for emergency situations. Where mainline contract traffic control plans are developed with the intent of operating without the use of flaggers or spotters, the plans shall contain a note that states, "NO FLAGGERS OR SPOTTERS". The use of flaggers or spotters to supplement these traffic control plans will not be allowed except in a case where no other means of traffic control can be used or in the event of an emergency. If the Contractor proposes the use of flaggers or spotters with one of these plans, this will constitute a modification requiring approval by the Engineer. The modified plans shall show locations for all the required advance warning signs and a safe, protected location for the flagging station. If flagging is to be performed during hours of darkness, the plan shall include appropriate illumination for the flagging station. When the Contractor's chosen method of performing the work in the contract requires some form of temporary traffic control, the Contractor shall either: (1.) designate and adopt, in writing, the traffic control plan or plans from the contract documents that support that method; or (2.) submit a Contractor's plan that modifies, supplements or replaces a plan from the contract documents. Any Contractor -proposed modification, supplement or replacement shall show the necessary construction signs, flaggers, spotters and other traffic control devices required to support the work. Any Contractor -proposed traffic control plan shall conform to the established standards for plan development as shown in the MUTCD, Part VI. The Contractor's submittal, either designating and adopting a traffic control plan from the contract documents or proposing a Contractor -developed plan, shall be provided to the Engineer for approval at least ten calendar days in advance of the time the signs and other traffic control devices are scheduled to be installed and utilized. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for submitting any proposed traffic control plan or modification, obtaining the Engineer's approval and providing copies of the approved Traffic Control Plans to the Traffic Control Supervisor. 1-10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards Flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices and procedures furnished or provided shall conform to the standards established in the latest WSDOT adopted edition of the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD,) published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD. Judgment of the quality of devices furnished will be based upon Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, published by the American Traffic Safety Services Association. Copies of the MUTCD and Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices may be purchased from the American Traffic Safety Services Association, 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100, Fredericksburg, Virginia 22406-1022. The Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD may be obtained from the Department of Transportation, Olympia, Washington 98504. In addition to the standards of the MUTCD described above, the Contracting Agency has scheduled the implementation of crashworthiness requirements for most workzone devices. The National Cooperative Highway Research Project (NCHRP) Report 350 has established requirements for crash testing. Workzone devices are divided into four categories. Each of those categories and, where applicable, the schedule for implementation is described below: Category 1 includes those items that are small and lightweight, channelizing, and delineating devices that have been in common use for many years and are known to be crashworthy by crash testing of similar devices or years of demonstrable safe performance. These include cones, tubular markers, flexible delineator posts, and plastic drums. All 17 Category 1 devices used on the project shall meet the requirements of NCHRP 350 as certified by the manufacturer of the device. Category 2 includes devices that are not expected to produce significant vehicular velocity change, but may otherwise be hazardous. Examples of this class are barricades, portable sign supports and signs, intrusion alarms and vertical panels. All new Category 2 devices purchased after October 1, 2000 shall meet the requirements of NCHRP 350. Existing equipment, purchased prior to October 1, 2000, may be used on the project until December 31, 2007. For the purpose of definition, a sign support and sign shall be considered a single unit. A new sign may be purchased for an existing sign support and the entire unit will be defined as "existing equipment." Category 3 is for hardware expected to cause significant velocity changes or other potentially harmful reactions to impacting vehicles. Barriers, fixed sign supports, crash cushions, truck mounted attenuators (TMA's) and other work zone devices not meeting the definitions of Category 1 or 2 are examples from this category. Many Category 3 devices are defined in the design of the project. Where this is the case, NCHRP 350 requirements have been incorporated into the design and the Contractor complies with the requirements by constructing devices according to the plans and specifications. Where the device is a product chosen by the Contractor, the device chosen must be compliant with the requirements of NCHRP 350. Category 4 includes portable or trailer -mounted devices such as arrow displays, temporary traffic signals, area lighting supports, and portable changeable message signs. There is presently no implementation schedule for mandatory crashworthiness compliance for these devices. The condition of signs and traffic control devices shall be acceptable or marginal as defined in the book Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, and will be accepted based on a visual inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer's decision on the condition of a sign or traffic control device shall be final. A sign or traffic control device determined to be unacceptable shall be removed from the project and replaced within 12 hours of notification. 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures and Devices 1-10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor The Contractor shall furnish all personnel for flagging, spotting, for the execution of all procedures related to temporary traffic control and for the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control traffic during construction operations. gVnV-L CI s et i dyeu aJ idygeI s Ur Spu11e�l_J JLdII wear reflective vests anu L_r_u Lats. During hours of darkness, white coveralls or white or yellow rain gear shall also be worn. The vests and other apparel shall be in conformance with Section 1-07.8. 1-10.3(1)A Flaggers and Spotters Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. The flagging card shall be immediately available and shown to the Contracting Agency upon request. Flagging stations shall be shown on Traffic Control Pians at locations where construction operations require stopping or diverting public traffic. Flagging stations shall be staffed only when flagging is required. This staffing may be continuous or intermittent, depending on 18 the nature of the construction activity. Whenever a flagger is not required to stop or divert traffic, the flagger shall move away from the flagging station to a safer location. During hours of darkness, flagging stations shall be illuminated in a manner that insures that flaggers can easily be seen but that does not cause glare to the traveling public. Flaggers shall be equipped with portable two-way radios, with a range suitable for the project. The radios shall be capable of having direct contact with project management (foremen, superintendents, etc.). The Contractor shall furnish the MUTCD standard Stop/Slow paddles for all flagging operations. The specification for Stop/Slow paddles in Section 9-35.1 requires 24" paddles and all new paddles purchased for the project shall conform to those provisions. Previously specified 18" paddles may be used at the request of the Contractor until December 31, 2005. Spotting stations shall be shown on Traffic Control Plans at locations where a spotter can detect errant drivers or other hazards and provide an effective warning to other workers. Spotting stations will not be allowed at locations where the spotter will be in unnecessary danger. The Contractor shall furnish noise -makers or other effective warning devices for spotting operations. The duties of a spotter shall not include flagging. 1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor In addition to flagging or spotting duties, the Contractor shall provide personnel for all other traffic control procedures required by the construction operations and for the labor to install, maintain and remove any traffic control devices shown on Traffic Control Plans. 1-10.3(2) Traffic Control Procedures 1-10.3(2)A One -Way Traffic Control The project work may require that traffic be maintained on a portion of the roadway during the progress of the work using one-way traffic control. If this is the case, the Contractor's operation shall be confined to one-half the roadway, permitting traffic on the other half. If shown on an approved traffic control plan or directed by the Engineer, one-way traffic control, in accordance with the MUTCD, shall be provided and shall also conform to the following requirements: In any one-way traffic control configuration, side roads and approaches will be closed or controlled by a flagger or by appropriate approved signing. A side road flagger will coordinate with end flaggers where there is line of sight and with the pilot car where the end flaggers cannot be seen. Queues of vehicles will be allowed to take turns passing through the workzone in the single open lane. When one-way traffic control is in effect, Contractor vehicles shall not use the open traffic lane except while following the same rules and routes required of the public traffic. As conditions permit, the Contractor shall, at the end of each day, leave the work area in such condition that it can be traveled without damage to the work, without danger to traffic, and without one-way traffic control. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, one-way traffic control cannot be dispensed with after working hours, then the operation will be continued throughout the non -working hours. 1-10.3(2)B Rolling Slowdown For work operations on multi -lane roadways that necessitate short-term roadway closures of 15 minutes or less, the Contractor may implement a rolling slowdown. Where included in an approved traffic control plan, a rolling slowdown shall be accomplished using one traffic 19 control vehicle with flashing amber lights for each lane to be slowed down plus one control vehicle to serve as a chase vehicle for traffic ahead of the blockade. The traffic control vehicles shall enter the roadway and form a moving blockade to reduce traffic speeds and create a clear area in front of the moving blockade to accomplish the work without a total stoppage of traffic. A portable changeable message sign shall be placed ahead of the starting point of the traffic control to warn traffic of the slowdown. The sign shall be placed far enough ahead of the work to avoid any expected backup of vehicles. The location where the traffic control vehicles shall begin the slowdown and the speed at which the moving blockade will be allowed to travel will be calculated to accommodate the estimated time needed for closure. The chase control vehicle shall follow the slowest vehicle ahead of the blockade. When the chase vehicle passes, the Contractor may begin the work operation. In the event that the work operation is not completed when the moving blockade reaches the site, all work except that necessary to clear the roadway shall cease immediately and the roadway shall be cleared and reopened as soon as possible. All ramps and entrances to the roadway between the moving blockade and work operation shall be temporarily closed using flaggers. Radio communications between the work operation and the moving blockade shall be established and utilized to adjust the speed of the blockade to accommodate the closure time needed. 1-10.3(2)C Lane Closure Setup/Takedown Where allowed by the contract and where shown on approved traffic control plans or directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall set up traffic control measures to close one or more lanes of a multi -lane facility. When this is to occur, the following sequence shall be followed: 1. Advance warning signs are set up on the shoulder of the roadway opposite the lane to be closed, 2. Advance warning signs are set up on the same shoulder as the lane to be closed, 3. A truck -mounted attenuator, with arrow board, is moved into place at the beginning of the closure taper, 4. Channelization devices are placed to mark the taper and the length of the closure as shown on the traffic control plan. Once the lane is closed, the TMA/arrow board combination may be replaced with an arrow board without attenuator. If additional lanes are to be closed, this shall be done in sequence with previous lane closures using the same sequence of activities. A truck -mounted attenuator with arrow board is required during the process of closing each additional lane and may be replaced with an arrow board without attenuator after the lane is closed. Each closed lane shall be marked VYIth a separate arrow board at all t1111es. Traffic control for lane closures shall be removed in the reverse order of its installation. 1-10.3(2)D Mobile Operations Where construction operations are such that movement along the length of a roadway is continuous or near -continuous to the extent that a stationary traffic control layout will not be 20 effective, the Contractor shall implement a moving, or mobile, traffic control scheme. Such moving control shall always be conducted in the same direction as the adjacent traffic. Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where directed by the Engineer, mobile traffic control shall consist of portable equipment, moving with the operation. A portable changeable message sign shall be established in advance of the operation, far enough back to provide warning of both the operation and of any queue of traffic that has formed during the operation. The advance sign shall be continuously moved to stay near the back of the queue at all times. A truck -mounted attenuator, with arrow board, shall be positioned and maintained at a fixed distance upstream of the work. A shadow vehicle, with truck- mounted attenuator shall be positioned and maintained immediately upstream of the work. 1-10.3(2)E Patrol & Maintain Traffic Control Measures At all times, when temporary traffic control measures are in place, the Contractor shall provide for patrolling and maintaining these measures. The work shall consist of resetting mislocated devices, assuring visibility of all devices, cleaning and repairing where necessary, providing maintenance for all equipment, including replacing batteries and light bulbs as well as keeping motorized and electronic items functioning, and adjusting the location of devices to respond to actual conditions, such as queue length, unanticipated traffic conflicts and other areas where planned traffic control has proven ineffective. This work shall be performed by the Contractor, either by or under the direction of the Traffic Control Supervisor. Personnel, with vehicles if necessary, shall be dispatched so that all traffic control can be reviewed at least once per hour during working hours and at least once during each non -working day. 1-10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices 1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs All construction signs required by approved traffic control plans, as well as any other appropriate signs directed by the Engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs in a clean, neat, and presentable condition until the need for them has ended. Post mounted signs shall be installed as shown in Standard Plans G-1 and G -4a. Sign attachment to posts shall conform to the applicable detail shown in Standard Plan G -9b. When the need for construction signs has ended, the Contractor, upon approval of the Engineer, shall remove all signs, posts, and supports from the project and they shall remain the property of the Contractor. No passing zones on the existing roadway that are marked with paint striping and which striping is to be obliterated by construction operations shall be replaced by "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs. The Contractor shall provide and install the posts and signs. The signs shall be maintained by the Contractor until they are removed or until the contract is physically completed. When the project includes striping by the Contractor, the signs and posts shall be removed by the Contractor when the no passing zones are reestablished by striping. The signs and posts will become the property of the Contractor. When the Contractor is not responsible for striping and when the striping by others is not completed when the project is physically completed, the posts and signs shall be left in place and shall become the property of the Contracting Agency. All existing signs, new permanent signs installed under this contract, and construction signs installed under this contract that are inappropriate for the traffic configuration at a given time shall be removed or completely covered with metal, plywood, or an Engineer approved product specifically manufactured for sign covering during periods when they are not needed. 21 Construction signs will be divided into two classes. Class A construction signs are those signs that remain in service throughout the construction or during a major phase of the work. They are mounted on posts, existing fixed structures, or substantial supports of a semi-permanent nature. Class A signs will be designated as such on the approved Traffic Control Plan. "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs are classified as Class A construction signs. Sign and support installation for Class A signs shall be in accordance with the Contract Plans or the Standard Plans. Class B construction signs are those signs that are placed and removed daily, or are used for short durations which may extend for one or more days. They are mounted on portable or temporary' mountings. Where it is necessary to add weight to signs for stability, the only allowed method will be a bag of sand that will rupture on impact. The bag of sand shall have a maximum weight of 40 pounds, and shall be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project shall be replaced by the Contractor. 1-10.3(3)B Sequential Arrow Signs Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain sequential arrow signs. In some locations, the sign will be shown as a unit with an attenuator. in other locations, the pian will indicate a stand-alone unit. 1-10.3(3)C Portable Changeable Message Sign Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain portable changeable message signs. These signs shall be available, on-site, for the entire duration of their projected use. 1-10.3(3)D Barricades Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, install and maintain barricades. Barricades shall be kept in good repair and shall be removed immediately when, in the opinion of the Engineer, they are no longer functioning as designed. Where it is necessary to add weight to barricades for stability, the only allowed method will be a bag of sand that will rupture on impact. The bag of sand shall have a maximum weight of 40 pounds, and shall be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. 1-10.3(3)E Traffic Safety Drums Where shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic safety drums. Used drums may be utilized, provided all drums used on the project are of essentially the same configuration. The drums shall be designed to resist overturning by means of a weighted lower unit that will separate from the drum when impacted by a vehicle. Drums shall be regularly maintained to ensure that they are clean and that the drum and reflective material are in good condition. If the Engineer determines that a drum has been damaged beyond usefulness, or provides inadequate reflectivity, a replacement drum shall be furnished. 22 When the Engineer determines that the drums are no longer required, they shall be removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor. 1-10.3(3)F Barrier Drums Where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans and as ordered by the Engineer, barrier drums shall be placed on temporary concrete barrier at the following approximate spacing: Concrete Barrier Placement Tangents 1/2 mile or less1 r Tangents greater than 1/2 mile Tapers and Curves Barrier Drum Spacing in Feet 2 times posted speed limit 4 times posted speed limit posted speed limit Note 1 A minimum of 3 barrier drums shall be used. Note 2 A minimum of 5 barrier drums shall be used. Temporary concrete barrier reflectors may be excluded when using barrier drums. Both legs of the barrier drums shall be completely filled with sand. The top oval should not be filled. Used barrier drums may be used, provided all barrier drums used on the project are of essentially the same configuration. Barrier drums shall be regularly maintained to ensure that they are clean and that the barrier drum and reflective material are in good condition. If the Engineer determines that a barrier drum has been damaged beyond usefulness, or provides inadequate reflectivity, a replacement barrier drum shall be furnished. When the Engineer determines that the drums are no longer required, they shall be removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor. 1-10.3(3)G Traffic Cones Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic cones. Cones shall be kept in good repair and shall be removed immediately when directed by the Engineer. Where wind or moving traffic frequently displace cones, an effective method of stabilizing cones, such as stacking two together at each location, shall be employed. 1-10.3(3)H Tubular Markers Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, install and maintain tubular markers. Tubular markers shall be kept in good repair and shall be removed immediately when directed by the Engineer. Tubular markers are secondary devices and are not to be used as substitutes for cones or other delineation devices without an approved traffic control plan. Where the Traffic Control Plan shows pavement -mounted tubular markers, the adhesive used to fasten the base to the pavement shall be suitable for the purpose, as approved by the Engineer. During the removal of pavement -mounted tubular markers, care shall be taken to avoid damage to the existing pavement. Any such damage shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 23 1-10.3(3)1 Warning Lights and Flashers Where shown attached to traffic control devices on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and maintain flashing warning lights. Lights attached to advance warning signs shall be Type B, high-intensity. Lights attached to traffic safety drums, barricades or other signs shall be Type C, steady -burning low intensity or, where attention is to be directed to a specific device, Type A, flashing low - intensity units. 1-10.3(3)J Truck -Mounted Attenuator Where _ ` L _...._ .1 a_ � � L I L r the Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain truck -mounted impact attenuators (TMA). These attenuators shall be available, on-site, for the entire duration of their projected use. The TMA shall be positioned to separate and protect construction workzone activities from normal traffic flow. During use, the attenuator shall be in the full down -and -locked position. For stationary n erationc the muck's parking brake shall be gat_ 1-10.4 Measurement 1-10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) When the bid proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control", there will be no measurement of unit items for work defined by Section 1-10 except as described in Section 1-10.4(3). Also, except as described in Section 1-10.4(3), all of Sections 1-10.4(2) and 1-10.5(2) is deleted. No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Project Temporary Traffic Control." 1-10.4(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals When the bid proposal does not contain the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control", Sections 1-10.4(1) and 1-10.5(1) are deleted and the bid proposal will contain some or all of the following items, measured as noted. No specific unit of measurement iei'nt ilapply to the lump sum item of "Traffic c Contr of Supervisor." "Flaggers and Spotters" will be measured by the hour. Hours will be measured for each flagging or spotting station, shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, when that station is staffed in accordance with Section 1-10.3(1)A. When a flagging station is staffed on an intermittent basis, no deduction will be made in measured hours provided that the person n+.ffinn +i.n o+n+inn in in n e>+nnrdk , n,nrrn nnrr ie• nn+ nnrfnerrs ir.r. r.+hr.r r1. .inn Jtann IV 11 IG JlaNul 1 IJ 111 a JLa1 luny 11 IVuc al lu IJ I !VI. Nci wi I I m IV vu icl uuucJ. "Other Traffic Control Labor" will be measured by the hour. With the exception of patrolling and maintaining, hours will be measured for each person engaged in any one of the following activities: • Operating a pilot vehicle during one-way piloted traffic control. • Operating a traffic control vehicle or a chase vehicle during a rolling slowdown operation. 24 • Operating a vehicle or placing/removing traffic control devices during the setup or takedown of a lane closure. Performing preliminary work to prepare for placing and removing these devices. • Operating any of the moving traffic control equipment, or adjusting signing during a mobile operation as described in Section 1-10.3(2)D. • Patrolling and maintaining traffic control measures as described in Section 1- 10.3(2)E. The hours of one person will be measured for each patrol route necessary to accomplish the review frequency required by the provision, regardless of the actual number of persons per route. • Placing and removing Class B construction signs. Performing preliminary work to prepare for placing and removing these signs. • Relocation of Portable Changeable Message Signs within the project limits. • Installing and removing Barricades, Traffic Safety Drums, Barrier Drums, Cones, Tubular Markers and Warning Lights and Flashers to carry out approved Traffic Control Plan(s). Performing preliminary work to prepare for installing these devices. Time spent on activities other than those listed will not be measured under this item. "Construction Signs, Class A" will be measured by the square foot of panel area for each sign designated on an approved Traffic Control Plan as Class A or for each construction sign installed as ordered by the Engineer and designated as Class A at the time of the order. Class A signs may be used in more than one location and will be measured for each new installation. Class B construction signs will not be measured. Sign posts or supports will not be measured. "Sequential Arrow Sign" will be measured by the hour for the time that each sign is operating as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan or as directed by the Engineer. "Portable Changeable Message Sign" will be measured per each one time only for each portable changeable message sign used on the project. The final pay quantity shall be the maximum number of such signs in place at any one time as approved by the Engineer. "Operation of Portable Changeable Message Sign" will be measured by the hour for each hour of operation. The hours of operation will be determined by the Engineer. Hours of operation in excess of those determined by the Engineer will be at the Contractor's expense. "Truck Mounted Impact Attenuator" will be measured per each one time only for each truck with mounted impact attenuator used on the project. The final pay quantity shall be the maximum number of truck -mounted impact attenuators in place at any one time. "Operation of Truck -Mounted Impact Attenuator" will be measured by the hour for each truck -mounted attenuator manned and operated. Manned and operated shall be when the truck -mounted impact attenuator has an operator and is required to move, in operating position, with the construction operation or when moving the TMA from one position to another on the project. No specific unit of measurement will apply to the force account item of "Repair Truck - Mounted Impact Attenuator". 25 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Other Temporary Traffic Control". 1-10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control The contract provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 1-10.4(1) and also include one or more of the items included above in Section 1-10.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding measurement provision in Section 1-10.4(2) is not deleted and the work under that item will be measured as specified. 1-10.4(4) Owner -Provided Resources The contract provisions may call for specific items of labor, materials or equipment, noted in Section 1-10 as the responsibility of the Contractor, to be supplied by the Contracting Agency. When this occurs, there will be no adjustment in measurement of unit quantities. 1-10.5 Payment 1-10.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) "Project Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum. The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1-10, except for costs compensated by bid proposal items inserted through contract provisions as described in Section 1-10.4(3). 1-10.5(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals "Traffic Control Supervisor", lump sum. The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1-10.2(1)B. "Flaggers and Spotters", per hour. The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1-10.3(1)A. "Other Traffic Control Labor", per hour. The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for tl its item 111 ii 1 accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all labor costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work specifically mentioned for this item in Section 1-10.4(2). "Construction Signs Class A", per square foot. The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance .with Q....+i.... 4 4Il (2) ..I+..11 l full +i.... for ..II ..+.. of labor, a �.l.ul ua1 II.G VVIU1 Section 1-1V.`Pk J, shall be IU11 l.VI 1 IIr.JI IJatWI 1 for QiI costs v1 lauvl, materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work described in Section 1-10.3(3)A. In the event that "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs must be left in place, a change order, as described in Section 1-04.4, will be required. "Sequential Arrow Sign", per hour. The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work described in Section 1-10.3(3)B. „Portable Changeable Message Sign", per each. The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in procuring all portable changeable message signs required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the project. "Operation of Portable Changeable Message Sign", per hour. The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work described in Section 1-10.3(3)C except for costs compensated separately under the items "Other Traffic Control Labor" and "Portable Changeable Message Sign". "Truck -Mounted Impact Attenuator", per each. The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work described in Section 1-10.3(3)J except for costs compensated separately under the items "Operation of Truck -Mounted Impact Attenuator" and "Repair Truck -Mounted Impact Attenuator". "Operation of Truck -Mounted Impact Attenuator", per hour. The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in operating truck -mounted impact attenuators on the project. "Repair Truck -Mounted Impact Attenuator", by force account. All costs of repairing or replacing truck -mounted impact attenuators that are damaged by the motoring public while in use as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. To provide a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated the amount of force account for "Repair Truck -Mounted Impact Attenuator" and has entered the amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. Truck -mounted attenuators damaged due to the Contractor's operation or damaged in any manner when not in use shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. "Other Temporary Traffic Control", lump sum. The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1-10, and which costs are not compensated by one of the above -listed items. 1-10.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control The contract provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with Section 1-10.4(1) and also reinstate the measurement of one or more of the items described in Section 1-10.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding payment provision in Section 1- 10.5(2) is not deleted and the work under that item will be paid as specified. 27 SECTION 2-02, REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS April 5, 2004 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs The section title is revised to read: 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters The first sentence is revisers to reard: In removing pavement, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, the Contractor shall: Item 3 is revised to read: 3. Make a vertical saw cut between any existing pavement, sidewalk, curb, or gutter that is to remain and the portion to be removed. 2-02.5 Payment The second paragraph is revised to read: If pavements, sidewalks, curbs, or gutters lie within an excavation area, their removal will be paid for as part of the quantity removed in excavation. SECTION 2-03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT January 5, 2004 2-03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests This section is revised to read: Maximum density and optimum moisture content shall be determined by one of the following methods: 1. materials with Tess than 30 percent by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve shall be determined using FOP for AASHTO T 99 Method A. 2. materials with 30 percent or more by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve and less than 30 percent retained on the 3/4 inch sieve shall be determined by WSDOT Test Method No. 606 or FOP for AASHTO T 180 Method D. The determination of which test procedure to use will be made solely by the Contracting Agency. 111atcr I1;;Il.1. VVILI I JV per ',GI11 ivr 11101 C 1 GLAII ICU VII the 3I9 1111..11 sieve shall LJC determined by WSDOT Test Method No. 606. In place density will be determined using Test Methods WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 310 and WSDOT SOP for T 615. 28 SECTION 2-09, STRUCTURE EXCAVATION December 6, 2004 2-09.3(1)E Backfilling The first paragraph under Timing is revised to read: Backfill shall not be placed against any concrete structure until the concrete has attained 90 percent of its design strength and a minimum age of 14 days, except that reinforced concrete retaining walls 15 feet in height or less may be backfilled after the wall has attained 90 percent of its design compressive strength and curing requirements of Section 6-02.3(11) are met. Footings and columns may be backfilled as soon as forms have been removed, so long as the backfill is brought up evenly on all sides. 2-09.4 Measurement In the third paragraph, the width for pipes 18 inches and over is revised to (1.5 x I.D.) + 18 inches. SECTION 4-04, BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING January 5, 2004 4-04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: Immediately following spreading and final shaping, each layer of surfacing shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of the standard density determined by the requirements of Section 2-03.3(14)D before the next succeeding layer of surfacing or pavement is placed. SECTION 5-04, HOT MIX ASPHALT April 4, 2005 5-04.3(7)A Mix Design The first paragraph "1. General", is revised to read: 1. General. Prior to the production of HMA, the Contractor shall determine a design aggregate structure and asphalt binder content in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732. Once the design aggregate structure and asphalt binder content have been determined, the Contractor shall provide test data demonstrating that the design meets the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6) on WSDOT HMA Mix Design Submittal form 350-042. In no case shall the paving begin before the determination of anti -strip requirements has been made. 5-04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing - HMA Mixture In Item 2 (Aggregates) the second sentence is revised to read: The acceptance criteria for aggregate properties of sand equivalent, fine aggregate angularity and fracture will be their conformance to the requirements of Section 9-03.8(2). In item 3, C. (Test Results), the second and third paragraphs are revised to read: Sublot sample test results (gradation and asphalt binder content) may be challenged by the Contractor. For HMA mixture accepted by statistical evaluation with a mix design that did not meet the verification tolerances, the test results in the test section including the percent air voids (Va) may be challenged. To challenge test results, the Contractor shall submit a 29 written challenge within five working days after receipt of the specific test results. A split of the original acceptance sample will be sent for testing to either the Region Materials Lab or the State Materials Lab as determined by the Project Engineer. The split of the sample with challenged results will not be tested with the same equipment or by the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The challenge sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis and for asphalt binder content. The results of the challenge sample will be compared to the original results of the acceptance sample test and evaluated according to the following criteria: Deviation U.S. No. 4 sieve and larger U.S. No. 8 sieve U.S. No. 200 sieve Asphalt binder % Va% Item 3, D. (Test Methods) is revised to read: Percent passing ±4.0 Percent passing ±2.0 Percent passing ±0.4 Percent binder content ±0.3 Percent Va ±0.7 D. Test Methods Testing of HMA for compliance of volumetric properties (VMA, VFA and Va) will be by WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure SOP 731. Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will be by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27/T 11. In item 3,E (Test Section - HMA Mixture) the first sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read: For a test section to be acceptable, with or without a verified mix design, the pay factor (PFi) for each of gradation, asphalt binder, VMA, VFA and Va shall be 0.95 or greater, and the remaining test requirements in Section 9-03.8(2) (dust/asphalt ratio, sand equivalent, fine aggregate angularity and fracture) shall conform to the requirements of that Section. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 5-04.4 Measurement The first sentence is revised to read: HMA CL. _ PG . HMA for _ CL. _ PG • and Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. 30 SECTION 7-05, MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS August 2, 2004 7-05.5 Payment The sentence following "Catch Basin Type 2 In. Diam.", per each" is deleted. The following is inserted after "Concrete Inlet", per each": All costs associated with furnishing and installing gravel backfill for bedding manholes, inlets and catch basins shall be included in the unit contract price for the item installed. The following is inserted after "Precast Concrete Drywell", per each. "Combination Inlet", per each. All costs associated with furnishing and installing gravel backfill for bedding manholes, inlets, and catch basins shall be in the unit contract price for the item installed. SECTION 7-17, SANITARY SEWERS April 5, 2004 7-17.3(2)B Exfiltration Test In the third paragraph, "Maximum leakage (in gallons per hour)" = 0.28 x -IH x D x L 46 100 . 7-17.3(2)C Infiltration Test In the second paragraph, "Maximum leakage (in gallons per hour)" = 0.16 x A1H x D x L J2 100 . 7-17.3(2)E Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers Constructed of Air - Permeable Materials In the seventh paragraph, the statement "If CT —1, then time = KT" is revised to "If CT < 1, then time = KT." In the seventh paragraph, the statement "If CT • 1.75, then time = KT/1.75" is revised to "If CT > 1.75, then time = KT/1.75." SECTION 8-01, EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL August 2, 2004 8-01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead This section is revised to read: The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions. The ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the contract, a current Certificate of Training in Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by WSDOT's Statewide Erosion Control Coordinator. The ESC Lead shall implement the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: 1. Installing and maintaining all temporary erosion and sediment control Best Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC plan to assure continued performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate TESC BMPs shall be corrected immediately. 31 2. Inspecting all on-site erosion and sediment control BMPs at least once every five working days and each working day there is a runoff event. Inspections shall occur within 24 hours of the runoff event. A TESC Inspection Report shall be prepared for each inspection and shall be included in the TESC file. A copy of each TESC Inspection Report shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. The report shall include, but not be limited to: a. VV I lel 1, vvi lel e al IId how Briips N1%ere ins4--"--' I l Ialntained, modll led, QI lid removed; b. Observations of BMP effectiveness and proper placement; c. Recommendations for improving future BMP performance with upgraded or replacement BMPs when inspections reveal TESC plan inadequacies. 3. Updating and maintaining a TESC file on site that includes, but is not limited to: a. TESC Inspection Reports. b. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan narrative. c. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System construction permit (Notice of Intent). d. Other applicable permits. Upon request, the file shall be provided to the Engineer for review. SECTION 8-04, CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS December 6, 2004 8-04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb The second and third paragraphs are revised to read: The pavement shall be dry and cleaned of loose and deleterious material prior to curb placement. Cement concrete curbs shall be anchored to the existing pavement by placing steel tie bars 1 foot on each side of every joint. Tie bars shall meet the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. SECTION 8-12, CHAIN LINK FENCE AND WIRE FENCE August 2, 2004 8-12.3(1 )A Posts The seventh paragraph is revised to read: Pullposts shall be spaced at 1,000 -foot maximum intervals for Type 1, 3, and 6 fence, and at 500 -foot maximum intervals for Type 4 fence. SECTION 8-14, CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS April 4, 2005 8-14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Sidewalk ramps shall be of the type specified in the Plans. The detectable warning pattern shall have the truncated dome shape shown in the Standard Plans and may be installed using a manufactured material before or after the concrete has cured, or by installing masonry or ceramic tiles. Embossing or stamping the wet concrete to achieve the truncated dome pattern or using a mold into which a catalyst hardened material is applied shall not be allowed. Acceptable manufacturers' products are shown on the Qualified Products List. When masonry or ceramic tiles are used to create the detectable warning pattern, the Contractor shall block out the detectable warning pattern area to the depth required for installation of the tiles and finish the construction of the concrete ramp. After the concrete has set and the forms have been removed, the Contractor shall install the tiles using standard masonry practices. The two -foot wide detectable warning pattern area on the ramp shall be yellow and shall match Federal Standard 595a, color number 33538. When painting the detectable warning pattern is required, paint shall conform to section 9-34.2(1). 8-14.3(5) Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit This section is supplemented with the following: Where shown in the plans, the Contractor shall retrofit existing cement concrete sidewalk ramps by installing a detectable warning pattern having the truncated dome shape shown in the Standard Plans. The warning pattern shall be the width of the ramp and cover the bottom two feet of the ramp. The truncated dome pattern shall be perpendicular to the long axis of the ramp. The Contractor shall use one of the detectable warning pattern products listed in the Qualified Products List or submit another manufacturer's product for approval by the Engineer. The warning pattern shall be capable of being bonded to an existing cement concrete surface. The surface of the warning pattern, excluding the domes, shall not be more than 3/8 inch above the surface of the concrete after installation. 8-14.4 Measurement This section is supplemented with the following: Ramp detectable warning retrofit will be measured by the square foot of truncated dome material installed on the existing ramp. 8-14.5 Payment The following new bid item is inserted after "Cement Conc. Sidewalk Ramp Type each. "Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit", per square foot. 33 II r per SECTION 9-01, PORTLAND CEMENT December 6, 2004 9-01.2(1) Portland Cement This section is revised to read: Portland cement shall conform to the requirements for Types 1, ll, or In cement of the Standard Specifications for Portland Cement, AASHTO M 85 or ASTM C 150, except that the content of alkalis shall not exceed 0.75 percent by weight calculated as Na20 plus 0.658 K20and except that the content of Tricalcium aluminate (C3A) shall not exceed 8 percent by weight calculated as 2.650A1203 minus 1.692Fe203. The total amount of processing additions used shall not exceed 1% of the weight of portland cement clinker. The type and amount of processing additions used shall be shown on mill test reports. The time of setting shall be determined by the Vicat Test method, AASHTO T 131 or ASTM r01 1 v _, u . 9-01.2(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement This section is revised to read: Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP (MS), Type I (SM) (MS) or Type I (PM) (MS) cement conforming to AASHTO M 240 and meet the following additional requirements: 1. Type IP(MS) Portland - Pozzolan Cement with moderate sulfate resistance. This product shall be limited to Portland Cement and Pozzolan. Pozzolan shall be limited to fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag. Fly ash is limited between 15 percent and 35 percent by weight of the cementitious material. Ground granulated blast furnace slag is limited between 15 percent and 25 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 2. Type I(SM) (MS) Slag Modified Portland Cement with moderate sulfate resistance. This product shall be limited to Portland Cement and ground granulated blast furnace slag. The addition of ground granulated blast furnace slag shall be limited to a maximum of 25 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 3. Type I(PM)(MS) Pozzolan — Modified Portland Cement with moderate sulfate resistance. The product shall be limited to Portland Cement and pozzolan. The pozzolan shall be limited to fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag at a maximum of 15 percent by weight of the cementitious material. The source and weight of the fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag shall be certified on the cement mill test certificate and shall be reported as a percent by weight of the total cementitious material. The fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag constituent content in the finished cement will not vary morethan plus or minus 5 percent by weight of the finished cement from the certified value. Fly ash shall meet the requirements of Section 9-23.9 of these Standard Specifications. 34 Ground granulated blast furnace slag shall meet the requirements of Section 9-23.10 of these Standard Specifications. SECTION 9-02, BITUMINOUS MATERIALS August 2, 2004 9-02.1(3) Rapid -Curing (RC) Liquid Asphalt The column headings MC -70, MC -250, MC -800, and MC -3000 are revised to RC -70, RC -250, RC -800, and RC -3000 respectively. The RC -250 requirement for "Residue of 680°F distillation % volume by difference" is revised from 67 to 65. 9-02.1(4)A Performance Grade (PG) Asphalt Cement This section including title is revised to read: 9-02.1(4)A Performance Graded Asphalt Binder Performance Grade PG58 PG64 PG70 PG76 -22 1 -28 1 -34 1 -22 1 -28 1 -34 1 -22 I -28 1 -34 1 -22 -28 Original Binder Flash point temp, AASHTO T48 Minimum OC 230 Viscosity, AASHTO T316 Maximum 3 Pa • s, test temp, °C 135 Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G*/sin❑, minimum 1.00 kPa Test temp. @ 10 rad/s, °C 58 64 70 76 Rolling Thin Film Oven Residue (AASHTO T240) Mass Change, Maximum, percent 1 .00 Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G*/sinD, minimum 2.20 kPa Test temp. @ 10 rad/s, °C 58 64 70 76 Pressure Aging Vessel Residue (AASHTO R28) PAV aging temperature, °C 100 Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G*sin❑ maximum 5000 kPa Test temp. @ 10 rad/s, °C 22 19 16 25 22 19 28 25 22 31 28 Creep stiffness, AASHTO T313 S, maximum 300 MPa, m - value, minimum 0.300 Test temp. @ 60 s, °C -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 All Performance Grade asphalt binders not included in this chart shall be determined by Table 1 -Performance Graded Asphalt Binder Specification in AASHTO M320. 35 SECTION 9-03, AGGREGATES April 4, 2005 9-03.1(4)C Grading The third paragraph is revised to read: In individual tests, a variation of four under the minimum percentages or over the maximum percentages will be permitted, litted, provided the average of three [:Vi IJCC:utive tests is within I the specification limits. Coarse aggregate shall contain no piece of greater size than two times the maximum sieve size for the specified grading measured along the line of greatest dimension. 9-03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements Number 1 is revised to read: Vacant. The last paragraph of this section is revised to read: When material is being produced and stockpiled for use on a specific contract or for a future contract, the fine aggregate angularity, fracture, and sand equivalent requirements shall apply at the time of stockpiling. When material is used from a stockpile that has not been tested as provided above, the specifications for fine aggregate angularity, fracture, and sand equivalents shall apply at the time of its introduction to the cold feed of the mixing plant. 9-03.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drains The percent Passing for Sieve size 3/8" square is revised from "10 - 40" to "0 - 40". 9-03.12(5) Gravel Backfill for Drywells The percent passing for sieve size 1" square is revised to "50-100". 9-03.14 Borrow This section is supplemented vvith the following: 9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow Ballast may be substituted for gravel borrow for embankment construction. 9-03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Retaining Wall All backfill material used in the reinforced soil zone of the geosynthetic retaining wall shall conform to requirements of Section 9-03.14(1) and shaii be free draining, free from organic or otherwise deleterious material. The material shall be substantially free of shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and shall not contain recycled materials, such as glass, shredded tires, portland cement concrete rubble, or asphaltic concrete rubble. The backfill material shall meet the following requirements: 36 Property Test Method Allowable Test Value Los Angeles Wear, 500 rev. AASHTO T 96 35 percent max. Degradation WSDOT Test Method 113 15 min. pH AASHTO T 289-91 ** ** 4.5 to 9 for permanent walls and 3 to 10 for temporary walls Wall backfill material satisfying these gradation, durability and chemical requirements shall be classified as nonaggressive. 9-03.21(2) Recycled Hot Mix Asphalt The Maximum Bitumen Content (Percent) for Gravel Borrow is revised from "0" to "1.2". SECTION 9-23, CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES December 6, 2004 This section is supplemented with the following new sub -section: 9-23.10 Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag Ground granulated blast furnace slag shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 302, Grade 100 or Grade 120. The grade of the ground granulated blast furnace slag, the source, and type of manufacturing facility shall be certified on the cement mill test certificate. SECTION 9-35, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL MATERIALS December 6, 2004 Temporary traffic control materials in this section consist of various traffic communication, channelization and protection items described in Section 1-10 and listed below: Stop/Slow Paddles Construction Signs Wood Sign Posts Sequential Arrow Signs Portable Changeable Message Signs Barricades Traffic Safety Drums Barrier Drums Traffic Cones Tubular Markers Warning Lights and Flashers Truck -Mounted Attenuator The basis for acceptance of temporary traffic control devices and materials shall be visual inspection by the Engineer's representative. No sampling or testing will be done except that deemed necessary to support the visual inspection. Requests for Approval of Material and Qualified Products List submittals are not required. Certification for crashworthiness according to NCHRP 350 will be required as described in Section 1-10.2(3). 37 "MUTCD," as used in this section, shall refer to the latest WSDOT adopted edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. In the event of conflicts between the MUTCD and the contract provisions, then the provisions shall govern. 9-35.1 Stop/Slow Paddles Paddles shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum width shall be 24 inches. 9-35.2 Construction Signs Construction signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shaii meet the requirements of NCHRP Report 350 for Category 2 devices. Except as noted below, any sign/sign stand combination that satisfies these requirements will be acceptable. Where aluminum sheeting is used to fabricate signs, it shall have a minimum thickness of 0.080 inches and a maximum thickness of 0.125 inches. All orange background signs shall be fabricated with Type X reflective sheeting. All post - mounted signs with Type X sheeting shall use a nylon washer between the twist fasteners (screw heads, bolts or nuts) and the reflective sheeting. Soft, fabric, roll -up signs will not be acceptable. Any fabric sign which otherwise meets the requirements of this section and was purchased prior to July 1, 2004, may be utilized until December 31, 2007. If a fabric sign is used, it shall have been fabricated with Type VI reflective sheeting. 9-35.3 Wood Sign Posts Use the charts below to determine post size for construction signs. One Post Installation Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 4x4 16.0 4x6 17.0 20.0 6x6 21.0 25.0 6x8 26.0 31.0 Two Post Installation (For signs 5 feet or greater in width) Post Size 4x4 4xA 6x6 6x8 Min. Sign Sq. Ft. 170 37.0 47.0 Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 16.0 3h, n 46.0 75.0 * * The Engineer shall determine post size for signs greater than 75 square feet. 38 Sign posts shall conform to the grades and usage listed below. Grades shall be determined by the current standards of the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB) or the Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 4x4 4x6 6x6,6x8,8x10 6 x 10, 6 x 12 Construction grade (Light Framing, Section 122-b WCLIB) or (Section 40.11 WWPA) No. 1 and better, grade (Structural Joists and Planks, Section 123-b WCLIB) or (Section 62.11 WWPA) No. 1 and better, grade (Posts and Timbers, Section 131-b WCLIB) or (Section 80.11 WWPA) No. 1 and better, grade (Beams and Stringers, Section 130-b WCLIB) or (Section 70.11 WWPA) 9-35.4 Sequential Arrow Signs Sequential Arrow Signs shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD supplemented with the following: Sequential arrow signs furnished for stationary lane closures on this project shall be Type C. The color of the Tight emitted shall be yellow. The dimming feature shall be automatic, reacting to changes in light without a requirement for manual adjustment. 9-35.5 Portable Changeable Message Signs Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS) shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD and the following: The PCMS shall employ one of the following technologies: 1. Fiber optic/shutter 2. Light emitting diode 3. Light emitting diode/shutter 4. Flip disk Regardless of the technology, the PCMS shall meet the following general requirements: • Be light emitting and must not rely solely on reflected light. The emitted light shall be generated using fiber optic or LED technology. • Have a display consisting of individually controlled pixels no larger than 2 1/2 inch by 2 1/2 inch. If the display is composed of individual character modules, the space between modules must be minimized so alphanumeric characters of any size specified below can be displayed at any location within the matrix. • When activated, the pixels shall display a yellow or orange image. When not activated, the pixels shall display a flat black image that matches the background of the sign face. • Be capable of displaying alphanumeric characters that are a minimum of 18 inches in height. The width of alphanumeric characters shall be appropriate for the font. The 39 PCMS shall be capable of displaying three lines of eight characters per line with a minimum of one pixel separation between each line. • The PCMS message, using 18 -inch characters, shall be legible by a person with 20/20 corrected vision from a distance of not less than 800 feet centered on an axis perpendicular to the sign face. • The sign display shall be covered by a stable, impact resistant polycarbonate face. The sign face shall be non -glare from all angles and shall not degrade clue to exposure to ultraviolet light. • Be capable of simultaneously activating all pixels for the purpose of pixel diagnostics, Any sign that employs flip disk or shutter technology shall be programmable to activate the disks/shutters once a day to clean the electrical components. This feature shall not occur when the sign is displaying an active message. • The light snurce shall he energi7erl only when the Ginn is displaying an antive message. The PCMS panels and related equipment shall be permanently mounted on a trailer with all controls and power generating equipment. The PCMS shall be operated by a controller that providesthe following functions: 1. Select any preprogrammed message by entering a code. 2. Sequence the display of at least five messages. 3. Blank the sign. 4. Program a new message, which may include animated arrows and chevrons. 5. Mirror the message currently being displayed or programmed. 9-35.6 Barricades Barricades shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD supplemented by the further requirements of Standard Plan H-2. 9-35.7 Traffic Safety Drums Traffic safety drums shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD CD and the following: The drums shall have the following additional physical characteristics: Material Fabricated from low-density polyethylene that meets the requirements of ASTM D 4976 and is UV stabilized. Overall Width 18 -inch minimum in the direction(s)of traffic flow. Shape Rectangular, hexagonal, circular, or flat -sided semi -circular. Color The base color of the drum shall be fade resistant safety orange. The traffic safety drums shall be designed to accommodate at least one portable light unit. The method of attachment shall ensure that the light does not separate from the drum upon impact. Drums and light units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 as described in Section 1-10.2(3). 40 When recommended by the manufacturer, drums shall be treated to ensure proper adhesion of the reflective sheeting. 9-35.8 Barrier Drums Barrier drums shall be small traffic safety drums, manufactured specifically for traffic control purposes to straddle a concrete barrier and shall be fabricated from low-density polyethylene that meets the requirements of ASTM D 4976 and is UV stabilized. The barrier drums shall meet the following general specifications: Total height Cross-section Formed support legs length Space between legs (taper to fit conc. barrier) Weight Color 22 in., ± 1 in. hollow oval 10 in. X 14 in., ± 1 in. 13 in., ± 1 in. 6 1/4 in. min. 33 Ib. ± 4 lb. with legs filled with sand. Fade resistant safety orange. Barrier drums shall have three 4 -inch reflective white stripes, (one complete and two partial). Stripes shall be fabricated from Type III or Type IV reflective sheeting. When recommended by the manufacturer, barrier drums shall be treated to ensure proper adhesion of the reflective sheeting. 9-35.9 Traffic Cones Cones shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum height shall be 28 inches. 9-35.10 Tubular Markers Tubular markers shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum height shall be 28 inches. Pavement -mounted tubular markers shall consist of a surface -mounted assembly which uses a separate base with a detachable tubular marker held in place by means of a locking device. 9-35.11 Warning Lights and Flashers Warning lights and flashers shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD. 9-35.12 Truck -Mounted Attenuator The Truck -Mounted Attenuator (TMA) shall be selected from the approved units listed on the Qualified Products List. The TMA shall be mounted on a vehicle with a minimum weight of 15,000 pounds and a maximum weight in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Ballast used to obtain the minimum weight requirement, or any other object that is placed on the vehicle shall be securely anchored such that it will be retained on the vehicle during an impact. The Contractor shall provide certification that the unit complies with NCHRP 230 or 350 requirements. Units fabricated after 1998 must comply with NCHRP 350 requirements. The TMA shall have an adjustable height so that it can be placed at the correct elevation during usage and to a safe height for transporting. If needed, the Contractor shall install additional lights to provide fully visible brake lights at all times. 41 The TMA unit shall have a chevron pattern on the rear of the unit. The standard chevron pattern shall consist of 4 -inch yellow stripes, alternating non -reflective black and reflective yellow sheeting, slanted at 45 degrees in an inverted "V" with the "V" at the center of the unit. CONTRACT PROVISIONS Federal Aviation Administration/Yakima Airport Regulations Contract Form Performance Bond Form Informational Certificate of Insurance Informational Additional Insured Endorsement Minimum Wage Affidavit Form Prevailing Wage Rates SPECIAL PROVISIONS for CITY OF YAKIMA Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 The following Special Provisions supersede any conflicting provisions of the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction (English), including the Division 1 APWA SUPPLEMENT, Section 1-99, and are made a part of this contract. DESCRIPTION OF WORK DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROJECT DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment required to construct New Sanitary Sewer from the existing Washington Ave. Interceptor, located along the north side of W. Washington Ave., south into the Yakima Airport just west of Wide Hollow Creek to serve the Cub Crafter Airplane Manufacturing facility and other buildings located along the east end of the airport. The project includes: the installation of approximately 355 linear feet of 8 -inch P.V.C. Sanitary Sewer Pipe and all appurtenances. All in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as prepared by the City Engineer of the City of Yakima. 43 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (APWA Only) Supplement this section as follows: Pre -qualification is not required for this project. 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal (August 2, 2004) The fifth and sixth paragraphs of Section 1-02.6 are deleted. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-03.4 Contract Bond Add the following: The bond shall further indemnify and hold the City of Yakima, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the contract within a period of one year after final acceptance by the City. 1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1-04.11 Final Cleanup Supplement this section with the following: The Contractor shall do partial cleanup when he determines it is necessary or when, in the opinion of the Engineer or the Airport Operations Manager, partial cleanup shall be done for public safety and Airport operational safety. The cleanup work shall be done immediately upon notification from the Engineer and other work shall not proceed until the partial cleanup is accomplished. 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.4 Confromity with and Devitions from Plans and Stakes (APWA Only) 1-05.4(1) Roadway and Utility Surveys (APWA Only) Revise this section to read: The Contractor shall be responsible for all vertical and horizontal construction control, for all construction staking including offset points and grade that the Engineer deems necessary for completion of the work. All associated costs will be incidental to other bid items. . 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1-06.2 Acceptance of Materials Foreign Made Materials Section 1-06 is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995) The major quantities of steel and iron construction material that is permanently incorporated into the project shall consist of American-made materials only. The Contractor may utilize minor amounts of foreign steel and iron in this project provided the cost of the foreign material used does not exceed one-tenth of one percent of the total contract cost or $2,500.00 , whichever is greater. American-made material is defined as material having all manufacturing processes occur in the United States. The action of applying a coating to steel or iron is deemed a manufacturing process. Coating includes epoxy coating, galvanizing, aluminizing, painting, and any other coating that protects or enhances the value of steel or iron. Any process from the original reduction from ore to the finished product constitutes a manufacturing process for iron. The following are considered to be steel manufacturing processes: 1. Production of steel by any of the following processes: a. Open hearth furnace. b. Basic oxygen. c. Electric furnace. d. Direct reduction. 2. Rolling, heat treating, and any other similar processing. 3. Fabrication of the products. a. Spinning wire into cable or strand. b. Corrugating and rolling into culverts. c. Shop fabrication. A certification of materials origin will be required for any items comprised of, or containing, steel or iron construction materials prior to such items being incorporated into the permanent work. The certification shall be on DOT Form 350-109 provided by the Engineer, or such other form the Contractor chooses, provided it contains the same information as DOT Form 350-109. 45 (June 8, 1998) Steel Reinforcing Bar Steel reinforcing bar manufacturers have changed the size designation stamped on their bars. The actual size of the bar remains the same, only the size designation has changed. The table below shows the new size designation for reinforcing steel referenced in the Standard Specifications and the Standard Plans. Std. New Specification Bar Size Designation Diameter Designation #3 (0.375 inches) #10 #4 (0.500 inches) #13 #5 (0.625 inches) #16 #6 (0.750 inches) #19 #7 (0.875 inches) #22 #8 (1.000 inches) #25 #9 (1.128 inches) #29 #10 (1.270 inches) #32 #11 (1.410 inches) #36 #14 (1.690 inches) #43 #18 (2.260 inches) #57 Rebar stamped with either size designation may be used. 1-06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance Supplement this section with the following: The following testing frequencies shall apply to this project. The testing frequencies may be modified to assure compliance with the specifications. In each case, the Engineer may require additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required densities and results. Trench Backfillinq Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency and at depths sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for each 100 linear feet of main pipeline trench and one (1) test for each street crossing. At alternating 100 -foot locations along the main trench line, tests shall be taken at 1 -foot, 2 -foot and 3 -foot depths below finish grade. Compaction shall conform to Section 7-08.3(3) or 7-10.3(11) as applicable to the pipeline being constructed. At a minimum, compaction within the roadway area shall be to at least 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). Embankment Construction Compaction tests shall he taken ata franc lennv ci iffk iant to rinri imant that tha rant brat density has been achieved. Ata minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5000 square feet of surface area for each lift of roadway embankment. Roadway embankment compaction shall be as specified in Section 2-03.3(14). Subqrade Preparation Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of roadway subgrade. Subgrade compaction shall be as specified in Section 2-06.3(2). Ballast and Crushed Surfacing 46 Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compation test shall be taken for every 5,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of ballast or crushed surfacing. Compaction of ballast and crushed surfacing shall be as specified in Section 4-04.3(5). Asphalt Concrete Pavement Copies of the maximum Rice density test for each class of asphalt concrete pavement and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. Density tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 5000 square feet of surface area for each lift of asphalt concrete pavement. Compaction of asphalt concrete pavement shall be as specified in Section 5-04.3(10)B of these City of Yakima Special Provisions. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.2(3) State Sales Tax - Rule 170 (APWA Only) This section shall apply to this project. 1-07.5(4) Air Quality Supplement this section with the following: The local air pollution authority is the Yakima Regional Clean Air Authority, (509) 574-1410. 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses Supplement this section with the following: The Contractor shall have or obtain a valid City of Yakima Business license for the duration of this project. 1-07.11(10)B Required Records and Retention Revise the first sentence of the first paragraph as follows: Replace "State Department of Transportation" with "the Contracting Agency" The third paragraph is revised to read as follows: The Contractor and all subcontractors on this project shall submit WSDOT Form 820-010 to the Engineer by the Fifth of the month during the term of the Contract. 1-07.17 Utilities And Similar Facilities (March 13, 1995) Section 1-07.17 is supplemented with the following: Locations and dimensions shown in the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. Public and private utilities, or their contractors, will furnish all work necessary to adjust, relocate, replace, or construct their facilities unless otherwise provided for in the Plans or these Special Provisions. Such adjustment, relocation, replacement, or construction will be done during the prosecution of the work for this project. The Contractor shall call the Utility Location Request Center (One Call Center), for field location, not less than two nor more than ten business days before the scheduled date for commencement of excavation which may affect underground utility facilities, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties involved. A business day is defined as any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a legal local, State, or Federal holiday. The telephone number for the One Call Center for this project may be 47 obtained from the Engineer. If no one -number locator service is available, notice shall be provided individually to those owners known to or suspected of having underground facilities within the area of proposed excavation. The Contractor is alerted to the existence of Chapter 19.122 RCW, a law relating to underground utilities. Any cost to the Contractor incurred as a result of this law shall be at the Contractor's expense No excavation shall begin until all known facilities, in the vicinity of the excavation area, have been located and marked. The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: Qwest 8 W. 2nd Ave., Room 304 Charter Communications 1005 N. 16th Ave. City of Yakima Water Division City of Yakima Wastewater Division Cascade Natural Gas Corp. Pacific Power 2301 Fruitvale Blvd. 2220 E. Viola 401 N. 1st St. P.O. Box 1729 Yakima, WA. 98902 Yakima, WA. 98902 Yakima, WA. 98902 Yakima, WA. 98901 Yakima, WA. 98901 Yakima, WA. 98907 509-575-7183 509-575-1697 1-866-731-5420 509-575-6154 509-575-6077 509-457-5905 509-575-3146 The Contractor shall notify the Upper Yakima Valley utilities Coordinating Council -Area 5, telephone number 1-800-553-4344, at least 48 hours prior to start of excavation so that underground utilities may be marked. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to investigate the presence and location of all utilities prior to bid opening and to assess their impacts on his construction activities. Utilities, new or old, may be renewed, relocated, or adjusted for the proposed construction. The Contractor shall, prior to beginning any work, meet with all utility organizations (public and private) in the field to familiarize himself with existing utility locations, along with familiarizing himself with plans and schedules for the installation of new, relocated, or adjusted utilities. Both public and private utility organizations, along with private contractors working for these organizations, may be doing utility installations within the area. The proposed construction work must be coordinated with these utility installations. The Contractor shall arrange with the owners and operators of the respective utility systems to mark the locations and, if necessary or prudent, to expose the existing utilities prior to construction of the facilities contained in this Contract. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other contractors who may be working in the project area and cooperate with them. 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (APWA only) General Requirements The seventh paragraph is revised as follows: Change "45 days" to "20 days" Revise the eighth paragraph by adding the following to the end of the first sentence: ", the City of Yakima, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials". Revise the tenth paragraph to read as follows:: The Contractor shall forward to the City the additional insured endorsement as requested in the Evidence of Insurance Section. Coverages and Limits (APWA only) The section is revised to read: All coverages combined single limit shall be $1,000,000 per occurrence. The commercial general liability policy will contain a "per Job Aggregate" Endorsement. If this endorsement is not provided, an additional $2,000,000 umbrella limit will be required over and above the $1,000,000 underlying. A commercial general liability deductible of $5,000 or less is acceptable. The contractor will be responsible for the payment of that deductible for any losses which occur. Higher retention or deductible limits may be acceptable on prior approval by the City. Providing coverage in these stated amounts shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. Evidence of Insurance (APWA only) The section is revised to read: The Contractor shall provide evidence of insurance by the following method. A completed ACORD form #25 (or equivalent) shall be submitted which conforms to the following requirements: 1. The ACORD form shall be accompanied by a completed Endorsement naming the City of Yakima, its agents, employees, and elected or appointed officials as an additional insured andcontaining the insured's name and policy number, and shall be signed by a duly authorized agent. 2 The wording in the CANCELLATION section "endeavor to" and "but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agents or representatives" shall be crossed out and initialed by the agent/broker and shall provide for a cancellation notice of at least 20 days, to the City of Yakima. 49 3 Add the following text in the section entitled DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ALLOWED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS. The City of Yakima, its agents, employees, and elected or appointed officials, and the Yakima Airport, its agents, employees and appointed officials, are additional insured's for Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer, City Project No. 2113. 4. Contain the appropriate amount and types of coverage's that are specified by the Contract. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1-08.3 Progress Schedule The first and second paragraphs are replaced with the following paragraph: The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a Construction Progress and Completion Schedule using the Bar Graph or Critical Path Method. Items in the Schedule shall be arranged in the order and sequence in which they will be performed. The Schedule shall conform to the working time and time of completion established under the terms of the Contract and shall be subject to modification by the Engineer. The schedule shall be drawn to a time scale, shown along the base of the diagram, using an appropriate measurement per day with weekends and holidays indicated. The Construction Progress Schedule shall be continuously updated and, if necessary, redrawn upon the first working day of each month or upon issuance of any Change Order which substantially affects the scheduling. Copies (2 prints or 1 reproducible) of newly updated Schedules shall be forwarded to the Engineer, as directed, immediately upon preparation. The section is supplemented by the following: The Contractor shall submit a weekly activity schedule to the Construction Engineer before 9:00 a.m. on the Friday prior to the week indicated on the schedule. If the Contractor proceeds with work not indicated on his weekly activity schedule, or in a sequence differing from that which he has shown on his schedule, the Engineer may order the Contractor to delay unscheduled activities until they are included on a subsequent weekly activity schedule.. 1-08.5 Time For Completion (March 13, 1995) Section 1-08.5 is supplemented with the following: This project shall be physically completed within Twenty-five (25) working days. 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.2(1) Traffic Control Supervisor Supplement this section with the following: The Traffic Control Supervisor for this project shall be responsible for the requirements of the Airport Operations Plan -Construction Safety Plan as outlined in the Federal Aviation Administration and Yakima Airport attachments included in these project documents. 51 DIVISION 2 - EARTHWORK 2-07 WATERING 2-07.3 Construction Requirements Supplement this section with the following: The Contractor shall secure permission from and comply with all requirements of the City of Yakima Water Division before obtaining water from fire hydrants. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer as soon as such permission is granted. The Contractor shall use hydrant wrenches only to open hydrants. While using hydrants, the contractor shall make certain that the hydrant valve is fully open in order to prevent damage to the hydrant valve. A metered hydrant connection furnished by the water utility shall be used as an auxiliary valve on the outlet line for control purposes. Fire hydrant valves shall be closed slowly to avoid a surge in the system causing undue pressure on the water lines. The Contractor shall carefully note the importance of following these directions. If a hydrant iS damaged clue to the Contractor nr an employee of the Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately notify the water utility so that the damage can be repaired as quickly as possible. Upon completing the use of the hydrants, the Contractor shall notify the water utility so that the hydrants may be inspected for possible damage. Any damage resulting from the use of the hydrants by the Contractor will be repaired by the water utility, and the cost thereof shall be withheld, if necessary, from the final payment to the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and tools, except the metered hydrant connection, that may be necessary to meet the requirements of the water distribution agency pertaining to hydrant use. Violation of these requirements will result in fines and will lay the Contractor liable for damage suits because of malfunctioning of damaged fire hydrants, in the event of fire. 2-07.4 Measurement This section is revised to read: Water shall be measured with the metered hydrant connection provided by City of Yakima Water Division. All costs for the use of the water shall be incidental to other related work, including but not limited to compaction, dust control etc. 2-07.5 Payment This section is revised to read: WaterWater ��,Hl be furnished by the city of Yakima o+ r ..n+ The Contractor ctor ohnll n the water •.IO ✓v �1_4I 1vl�v1/ by the Vllr of Yakima at 1IV VVOL. 1110 Vy1 ILIGULy4 JIIGII convey VG�' u4l, water from the nearest convenient hydrant or other source at his expense. 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2-09.4 Measurement The second paragraph, Horizontal Limits, is revised to read: The Horizontal Limits shall be as shown on the City of Yakima Standard Detail. The second sentence of the paragraph, shoring or Extra Excavation, is revised to read: Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B will be measured by the linear foot. 2-09.5 Payment Revise the Item: "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B", per square foot. To read: "Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B", per linear foot. Revise the two paragraphs immediately following the above item as follows: Replace "per square foot", wherever it appears, with "per linear foot". DIVISION 5 - SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS HOT MIX ASPHALT ( ) APWA Section 5-04 is revised in its entirety to read: 5-04.1 Description This work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant -mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) nn a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown in the Plans. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. HMA Class A, Class B, Class D, Class F, and Class G are designated as leveling or wearing courses. HMA Class E is designated as a pavement base course. With the exception of HMA Class D, all mixtures are considered dense graded HMA. 5-04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) Anti -Stripping Additive 9-02.4 Aggregates 5-04.3(8)A2 Blending Sand 9-03.8(4) Mineral Flier 9-03.8(5) The contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, blending sand, and mineral filler. The Contractor shall have the option of utilizing recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the amount up to 20 percent of total aggregate weight in combination with new aggregate in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from HMA removed under the contract, if any, or old HMA from an existing stockpile. Recycled materials shall not be used in HMA Class D. When aggregates or a source for the production of aggregates is provided by the Contracting Agency, the approximate percentage of asphalt binder required in the mixture for the particular class of pavement will be set forth in the special provisions. The percentage is based upon a midline gradation mix design for the source provided. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the contract. Prior to the submittal of the mix design, the Contractor shall provide a written designation of the grade of PG asphalt binder to be used. The Contractor may propose the substitution of alternate grades of performance grade (PG) asphalt binder at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The proposal will be approved if the proposed alternate asphalt binder has an average 7 -day maximum pavement design temperature that is equal to or higher than the specified asphalt binder and has a minimum pavement design temperature that is equal to or !ower than the specified asphalt binder. The substituted alternate grade of asphalt binder shall be used in all HMA contract items of the same class and originally specified grade of asphalt binder. Blending of asphalt binder from different sources is not permitted. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. 54 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 5-04.3(1) HMA Mixing Plant Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder. Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the mixer. 2. Thermometric Equipment. An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial -scale thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full view of the plant operator. 3 Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials. The HMA plant shall be equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Sectionl-05.6 for crushing and screening operation. The contractor shall provide sufficient space as required for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency. 5-04.3(2) Hauling Equipment Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions include (or are forecast to include) during the workshift precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F, the canvas cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA. In order to prevent the HMA mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment, truck beds are to be sprayed with an environmentally benign release agent. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating materials that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For hopper trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent. 5-04.3(3) Hot Mix Asphalt Pavers HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power -propelled units, provided with an internally -heated vibratory screed or strike -off assembly and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans. The screed or strike -off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed or strike off assembly. Extensions without, augers, vibration and heated screeds shall not be used in the traveled way. When laying HMA, the paver shall be operated at a uniform forward speed consistent with the plant production rate and roller train capacity to result in a continuous operation. The auger speed and flight gate opening shall be adjusted to coordinate with the operation. 55 The paver shall be equipped with automatic screed controls with sensors for either or both sides of the paver. The controls shall be capable of sensing grade from an outside reference line, sensing the transverse slope of the screed, and providing automatic signals that operate the screed to maintain the desired grade and transverse slope. The sensor shall be constructed so it will operate from a reference line or a mat referencing device. The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the screed at the desired slope within plus or minus 0.1 percent. The paver shall be equipped with automatic feeder controls, properly adjusted to maintain a uniform depth of material ahead of the screed. Manual operation of the screed will be permitted in the construction of irregularly shaped and minor areas. These areas include, but are not limited to, gore areas, road approaches, tapers and left -turn channelization. When specified in the contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the traveled way of each roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Project Engineer may suspend work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds. 5-04.3(4) Rollers Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, or pneumatic tire type, in good condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations When ordered by the Project Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results will not be used. 5-04.3(5) Conditioning of Existing Surface When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer. Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved byy\, Engineer 1.oU Ila LI Il,. 5-04.3(5)A Preparation of Existing Surfaces Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA mix and the surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. 56 A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots. A heavy application of tack coat will be applied to all joints. For roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor's operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the tack coat shall be CSS -1, CSS -1h, or STE-1 emulsified asphalt. The CSS -1 and CSS -1 h emulsified asphalt may be diluted with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The emulsified asphalt shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. 5-04.3(5)8 Preparation of Untreated Roadway When designated in the plans the existing roadway shall be prepared and the roadway primed as provided in Section 5-02.3(2)A, except that only one application of asphalt and one application of aggregate, which shall conform to aggregate for HMA Class B as listed in Section 5-04.3(8) or other granular materials approved by the Engineer, will be required. All other provisions of Section 5-02 pertaining to bituminous surface treatment Class A shall apply, except as hereinafter modified. The prime coat shall be applied over the full length of the project, and HMA shall not be placed until the prime coat has cured for 5 days unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Should any holes, breaks, or irregularities develop in the roadway surface after the prime coat has been applied, they shall be patched with HMA, as described in Section 5-04.3(5)A, in advance of placing the HMA. The Contractor shall maintain the completed prime coat by blading or brooming with equipment and procedures approved by the Engineer, until the HMA pavement is placed. After the maintenance, patching or repair work has been completed and immediately prior to placing the HMA, the surface of the prime coat shall be swept clean of all dirt, dust, or other foreign matter. When the prime coat application is not specified in the Special Provisions or shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall prepare the untreated roadway as described above and shall omit the prime coat treatment. The HMA shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade. In areas used as turnouts or which will receive heavy service, the Engineer may order a change in the grade to provide a greater depth of pavement. The Contractor shall prepare untreated shoulders and traffic islands by blading and compacting to provide a sound base for paving and shall omit the prime coat treatment. The HMA shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade. If the Contractor protects the completed untreated surfacing materials to the degree that the surface meets the requirements of Section 5-02.3(2)A at the time of construction of the prime coat or the construction of the pavement if the prime coat is not required, the Contractor will not be required to perform the work specified in Section 5-02.3(2)A but shall be compensated for the item of work preparation of untreated roadway. 5-04.3(5)C Crack Sealing When the proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, all cracks and joints 14 -inch and greater in width shall be cleaned with a stiff -bristled broom and compressed air and then shall be filled completely with sand slurry. 57 The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS -1 emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 percent Portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean U.S. No. 4-0 paving sand. The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The requirements of 1-06 will not apply to the Portland cement and paving sand used in the Sand Slurry. 5-04.3(5)D Soil Residual Herbicide Where shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall apply one application of an approved soil residual herbicide. Paving shall begin within 24 hours after application of the herbicide. Any area that has not been paved within the time limit or that has been rained on, shall be treated again at the Contractor's expense. The herbicide shall be applied uniformly in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The material to be used shall be registered with the Washington State Department of Agriculture for use under pavement. Before use, the Contractor shall receive approval of the material to be used and the proposed rate of application, from the Engineer. The following information shall be included in the request for approval of the material: Brand name of the material. manufacturer, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) registration number, material safety data sheet, and proposed rate of application. 5-04.3(5)E Pavement Repair The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as staked. The actual excavation depth may vary to a maximum depth of 1 -foot maximum, depending upon where stable foundation material is encountered, as determined by the Engineer. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 3 feet unless shown otherwise in the Plans. All pavement repair areas shall be sawcut before removal, or shall be removed by a pavement grinder approved by the Engineer. Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(5)A, and shall be applied to all edges of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time. The areas shall be excavated, backfilled, and compacted within the same day's working shift, in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor for disposal off the right of way. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement areas not designated to be removed. Pavement not designated to be removed that is riamagRri ac a race lit of tha (:nntrartnr'c nnaratinnc chall ha ranairarl by tha (:nntrartnr to tha satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts. Each lift shall not exceed 0.35 foot compacted depth. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical tamper or a roller as approved by the Engineer. HMA for pavement repair shall be HMA Class A, B, E, or F at the Contractor's option, unless otherwise specified in the contract. 5-04.3(6) Heating of Asphalt Binder The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. 5-04.3(7) Preparation of Aggregates The aggregates shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02 Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate. The aggregates shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure a minimum of segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5-04.3(7)A Mix Design The Contractor shall obtain representative samples from mineral aggregate stockpiles, and blend sand sources to be used for HMA production and submit them for development of a mix design. Sample submittal shall include asphalt binder grade and sources, production mix gradation and combining ratios of mineral aggregate stockpiles and blend sand that will be used in production. This will be the basis for the mix design and job mix formula. The Contractor shall allow 20 calendar days for this approval and design once the aforementioned information and material has been received Additional time may be required if the proportions will not make an adequate design as determined by the Engineer, or if the Contractor requests more than one asphalt binder source approval. The Contractor is also advised that production of the HMA shall not commence until the job mix formula has been established. Adjustments to the job mix formula may be made per Basis of Acceptance. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval prior to changing the source of asphalt binder during the production of HMA. Blending of different asphalt binder grades sources will not be permitted. 5-04.3(8) Mixing After the required amounts of mineral materials and asphalt binder have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until a complete and uniform coating of the particles and a thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured. When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Project Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted during the daily operation but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. 5-04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing -HMA Mixture 1. General. Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under statistical evaluation, nonstatistical evaluation or commercial evaluation. Determination of statistical evaluation, nonstatistical evaluation or commercial evaluation shall be based on proposal quantities and shall consider the total of all bid items involving HMA of a specific class. Dense graded mixes (HMA Classes A, B, E, F, and G) will be evaluated for quality of gradation and asphalt binder content. Open graded mixes (HMA pavement Class D) will be evaluated for quality of gradation only, based on samples taken from the cold feed. Nonstatistical Evaluation will be used for HMA. Statistical Evaluation procedures will apply only to contracts that specify statistical evaluation in the contract Special Provisions. 59 Statistical Evaluation will be administered under the provisions of Section 5-04.5(1) for Quality Assurance Price Adjustments and evaluation of quality. Commercial Evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications. sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores and other nonstructural applications as approved by the Project Engineer. The contractor shall select a class of HMA appropriate for the required use. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer, The proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of statistical and nonstatistical evaluation. 2 Aggregates. A. General Requirements. Aggregates for HMA shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or gravel in accordance with Section 3-01. The material from which they are made shall meet the following test requirements: Los Angeles Wear, 500 Revs Degradation Factor, Wearing Course Degradation Factor, Other Courses 30% max 30 min 20 min It shall be uniform in quality, substantially free from wood, roots, bark, extraneous materials, and adherent coatings. The presence of a thin, firmly adhering film of weathered rock will not be considered as coating unless it exists on more than 50% of the surface area of any size between consecutive laboratory sieves. Aggregate removed from deposits contaminated with various types of wood waste shall be washed, processed, selected or otherwise treated to remove sufficient wood waste so that oven—dried material retained on a U.S. No. 4 sieve shall not contain more than 0.1 % by weight of material with a specific gravity less than 1.0. B Test Requirements. Aggregate for HMA shall meet the following test requirements: Class of HMA ABDEF G Fracture, by weight (See Note) 1 2 3 4 4 2 Sand Equivalent Min. 45 45 --- 45 35 45 1The fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 90 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. 2The fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 75 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. 3The fracture requirements are at least two fractured faces on 75 percent and at least one fractured face on 90 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve, U.S. No. 8 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. 4 T he fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 50 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample When material is being produced and stockpiled for use on a specific contract or for a future contract, the fracture and sand equivalent requirements shall apply at the time of stockpiling. When material is used from a stockpile that has not been tested as provided above, the requirements for fracture and sand equivalents shall apply at the time of its introduction to the cold feed of the mixing plant. 60 The properties of the aggregate in a preliminary mix design for HMA shall be such that, when it is combined within the limits set forth in Proportions of Materials and mixed in the laboratory with the designated grade of asphalt binder, HMA mixtures with the following test values can be produced: Class of HMA A B D E F G Stabilometer Value Min. 37 35 35 35 35 Cohesiometer Value Min. 100 100 100 50 100 Percent Air Voids 2-4.5 2-4.5 2-4.5 2-4.5 2-4.5 Modified Lottman Stripping Test Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass C. Gradation. The materials of which HMA is composed shall be of such sizes, gradings, and quantities that, when proportioned and mixed together, they will produce a well graded mixture within the requirements listed in the table which follows. The percentages of aggregate refers to completed dry mix, and includes mineral filler when used. Sieve Size Grading Requirements Class A Class D Class E Class F Class G and B Percent Passing 11 4 square 100 --- 1 square 90-100 --- 34 square 100 100 5 8 square 67-86 12 square 90-100 100 60-80 80-100 100 3 8 square 75-90 97-100 --- 97-100 U.S. No. 4 46-66 30-50 34-56 38-70 50-78 U.S. No. 8 5-15 U.S. No. 10 30-42 25-40 30-50 32-53 U.S. No. 40 11-24 --- 10-23 --- 11-24 U.S. No. 200 3.0-7.0 2.0-5.0 2.0-9.0 2.0-8.0 3.0-7.0 5-04.(8)B Basis of Acceptance 1. HMA will be accepted based on its conformance to the project job mix formula (JMF). For the determination of a project JMF, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, representative samples of the various aggregates and blend sand to be used along with the gradation data showing the various aggregate stockpile averages and the proposed combining ratios and the average gradation of the completed mix. Based on this submittal from the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the asphalt binder content, anti -strip requirement, and ignition furnace correction factor in the mix design process Using the representative samples submitted and proposed proportion of each, trial mix tests will be run to determine the percentage of asphalt binder, by weight, to be added. The JMF thus established shall be changed only upon order of the Engineer. The intermingling of HMA mixtures produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA pavement placed during a working shift shall conform to a single job mix formula established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. No HMA shall be produced for use on the project until the amount of asphalt binder and anti -strip additive to be added has been established. 2. Job Mix Formula — Statistical Acceptance The average gradation of the completed HMA mix submitted by the Contractor in the mix design proposal, as required in Gradation and the resulting Mix Design 61 Recommendations, shall be the JMF. Any change or adjustment of percentages in any constituent of the JMF creates a new JMF. 3. Job Mix Formula Tolerances and Adjustments A. Tolerances — Statistical Acceptance. After the JMF is determined, the several constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Constituent of Mixture Aggregate passing 5/8", 1/2", and 3/8" Materials Aggregate passing Aggregate passing Aggregate passing Aggregate passing Asphalt cement 1", 3/4", sieves No. 4 sieve No. 10 sieve No 40 sieve No. 200 sieve Tolerance Limits The tolerance limit for each mix constituent shall not exceed the broad band specification limits specified in 5-04.3(8)C except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100% passing will be 99-100. Broad band specification limits Section 5-04.3(8)C Proportions of ± 6% ± 5% ± 4% ± 2.0% ± 0.5% For open graded mix: Tolerance limits shall be for aggregate gradation only and shall be as specified in Proportions of Materials. B. Tolerances — Nonstatistical Acceptance. After the JMF is determined, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the range of the proportion specified in the broad band specifications in for gradation and the design mix asphalt binder content plus or minus 0.7 percent. C. Adjustments 1. Aggregates. Upon written request from the Contractor, the Project Engineer may approve field adjustments to the JMF including the Contractor's proposed combining ratios for mineral aggregate stockpiles and blend sand. The maximum allowed gradation change shall be 2 percent for the aggregate retained on the No. 10 sieve and above, 1 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 10 and No. 40 sieves, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. Blend sand may be changed a maximum of 5 percent. The above arliIictmcantc anilirr any fiirfhcr arli,,ctmnntc as ordered by the Gnnineer will be considered as a new JMF. Adjustments beyond these limits will require development of a new JMF. The adjusted JMF plus or minus the allowed tolerances shall be within the range of the broad band specifications. 2. Asphalt Binder Content. The Project Engineer may order or approve the Contractor's request to change asphalt binder content a maximum of 0.3 percent from the approved JMF. No field adjustments of the JMF relative to the asphalt binder content exceeding 0 3 percent from the initial JMF will be made without the approval of the Materials Engineer. D. Commercial HMA Acceptance. The contractor shall submit a certification that the mix design submitted meets the requirements of Proportions of Materials. Verification of the mix design by the Contracting Agency is not required. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. VL 4. Hot Mix Asphalt Mixture A. Sampling 1 A sample will not be obtained from either the first or last 25 tons of mix produced in each production shift. 2. Samples for compliance of gradation and asphalt binder content will be obtained on a random basis from the hauling vehicle. The Contractor shall provide adequate platforms to enable samples to be obtained in accordance with WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 168. The platforms shall allow the sample to be taken without the Engineer entering the hauling vehicle. B. Definition of Sampling Lot and Sublot. For the purpose of acceptance sampling and testing, a lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each job mix formula (JMF), placed and represented by randomly selected samples tested for acceptance. AH of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples shall be evaluated collectively and shall constitute a lot. Only one lot per JMF will be expected to occur. The JMF (Job Mix Formula) is defined in Basis of Acceptance. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. If the request is approved, all of the material produced up to the time of the change will be evaluated on the basis of available tests and a new lot will begin. The quantity represented by each sample will constitute a sublot. Sampling and testing for statistical evaluation shall be performed on a random basis at the frequency of one sample per sublot, with a minimum of five sublots per class of HMA. Sublot size shall be determined to the nearest 100 tons to provide not less than five uniform sized sublots, based on proposal quantities, with a maximum sublot size of 800 tons. Sampling and testing for nonstatistical evaluation shall be performed on a random basis at a minimum frequency of one sample for each sublot of 400 tons or each day's production, whichever is least. When proposal quantities exceed 1,200 tons for a class of HMA under nonstatistical evaluation, sublot size shall be determined to the nearest 100 tons to provide not less than three uniform sized sublots, based on proposal quantities, with a maximum sublot size of 800 tons. C. Test Results. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a copy of the results of all acceptance testing performed in the field at the beginning of the next paving shift. The Engineer will also provide the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of the completed sublots after three sublots have been produced. The CPF will be provided by the midpoint of the next paving shift after sampling. Individual acceptance sample test results (gradation and asphalt binder content) may be challenged by the Contractor. A written challenge of the test results by the Contractor shall be received by the Project Engineer within five working days after receipt of the specific test results. A split of the original acceptance sample shall be sent, for testing, to the Region Materials Lab or to State Materials Lab as determined by the Engineer. The challenged sample will not be tested with the same equipment or by the same tester that ran the original acceptance sample. The challenge sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis and asphalt binder content. The results of the challenge sample will be compared to the original results of the acceptance sample test and evaluated according to the following criteria: 63 Deviation No. 4 sieve and larger No. 6 sieve to No. 80 sieve No. 100 and No. 200 sieve Asphalt binder ±4 percent ±2 percent ±0.4 percent ±0.3 percent If the deviation of the challenge sample is within each parameter established, the acceptance sample will be used to determine to composite pay factor and the cost of testing will be deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the contract, at the rate of $250 per test. If the deviation of the challenge sample is outside of any one parameter established, the challenge sample will be used to determine the composite pay factor and the cost of testing will be the Contracting Agency's responsibility. D. Test Methods. Acceptance testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be WSDOT FOP for AASHTO Test Method T 308. Acceptance for com lance of rariation will he WAQTC FOP for AASHTO p testing p g....... T 27&T11. E. Reject Mixture 1. Rejection by Contractor. The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material at no expense to the Contracting Agency. Any such new materia! will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 2. Rejection Without Testing. The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of roadway that appears defective in gradation or asphalt binder content. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of roadway sha!l be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the statistical acceptance specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material, and in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. However, if the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency and the HMA will be compensated at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than 0.75, compensation for the rejected HMA will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit contract CACI pJrivl) added for placement IC GI Il4 removal 11I VvCII IAJOtO 3. A Partial Sublot. In addition to the preceding random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The materia! will then be evaluated for price adjustment in accordance with the statistical evaluation section. This material will be considered a separate lot. 4. An Entire Sublot. If an entire sublot is rejected in accordance with Section 1- 06.2, four additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained and the sublot evaluated as an independent lot with the original test result included as a fifth test with the new independent lot instead of with the original lot. 0�6 A 5. A Lot in Progress. The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Project Engineer is satisfied that specification material can be produced: a. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or b. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or c. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less than 0.75. 6. An Entire Lot. An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. The designated percentage reduction as defined in Section 1-06.2(2)B under Financial Incentive Paragraph 1, Item 3, shall be 25 percent. 5-04.3(9) Spreading and Finishing The HMA shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the HMA mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in the Plans or in the Special Provisions, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following depths: HMA Class E HMA Class A and B when used for Base Course HMA Class A, B, and F HMA Class G HMA Class D 0.35 foot 0.35 foot 0.25 foot 0.10 foot 0.08 foot On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF, shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. 5-04.3(10) Compaction 5-04.3(10)A General Immediately after the HMA mixture has been spread, struck off, and surface irregularities adjusted, it shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted. The completed course shall be free from ridges, ruts, humps, depressions, objectionable marks, or irregularities and in conformance with the line, grade, and cross-section shown in the Plans or as established by the Engineer. If necessary, the mix design may be altered to achieve desired results. Compaction shall take place when the HMA is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. All compaction units shall be operated at the speed, within specification limits, that will produce the required compaction. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by mechanical or hand tampers. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt binder, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost with fresh HMA which shall be immediately compacted to conform with the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor's option, provided specification densities are attained. An exception shall be that the pneumatic tired roller shall be used between October 1 and April 1. Coverage's with a vibratory or steel wheel roller may precede pneumatic tired rolling. When HMA Class D is being constructed, the use of pneumatic rollers will not be required. Vibratory rollers shall not be operated in the vibratory mode when the internal temperature of the HMA is less than 175°F without permission of the Engineer. In no case shall a vibratory 65 roller be operated in a vibratory mode when checking or cracking of the mat occurs at a greater temperature. Vibratory rollers in the vibratory mode are also prohibited on bridge decks. 5-04,3(10)B Control HMA Classes A, B, E, and F used in traffic lanes, including lanes for ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10 foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than .75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2(1), using a minimum of 91.0 percent of the reference maximum density as determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 209. The reference maximum density shall be determined as the moving average of the most recent five determinations for the lot of HMA being placed. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the statistical evaluation of five nuclear density gauge tests taken in accordance with WAQTC FOP TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 on the day the HMA is placed (after completion of the finish rolling) at locations determined by the stratified random sampling procedure conforming to WSDOT Test Method 716 within each density lot. The quantity represented by each density lot will be no greater than a single day's production or 400 tons, whichever is less. The final lot for each day of paving may be increased to 600 tons. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a copy of the results of all acceptance testing performed within one working day. Acceptance of pavement compaction will be based on the statistical evaluation and CPF so determined. For compaction lots falling below a 1.00 pay factor and thus subject to price reduction or rejection, cores may be used as an alternate to the nuclear density gauge tests. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after paving. The cost for the coring expenses when the core results indicate the specified level of relative density within a lot has not been achieved, will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract at the rate of $125 per core. At the start of paving, the Contractor must demonstrate to the Engineer that the HMA is compactable by constructing compaction test section(s). Test section(s) shall be constructed using the compaction train and a variety of rolling patterns that the Contractor expects to use in the paving operation. A test section will be considered to have established compatibility, based on the results of three density determinations, when the average of the three tests exceeds 92 percent of Rice or when all three tests individually exceed 91 percent of Rice. This will require consideration of the presence of a correlation factor for the nuclear gauge and may require final resolution after the factor for the gauge is known. A minimum 1.00 compaction pay factor shall be used until a gauge correlation factor is known, and until the HMA is considered compactable. When construction of the test section(s) has demonstrated that the HMA is not compactable, paving must stop. To resume paving, all factors contributing to compaction shall be analyzed and Engineer approved changes made, which may require a new mix design. When paving is resumed, the Contractor must again, as previously defined, demonstrate that the HMA is compactable. If the Contractor does not construct test section(s), the HMA is rnncirlcrcrl rmm�arfahlc and alI I-IRA4 nlnror+ will be o�"nll In+r,rl inn .rdinn +r. Cera+ir.n g ..... ....... .... v.....'....vavv.v u.•Y u.l 1..•Ir♦ rIGVVG win VV VYGIGiAlV4 CAVVVI 411IJ lV VVVtIVI I 04.3(10)B. HMA Class A, B, E, F, and G constructed under conditions other than listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA Class D and preleveling HMA shall be compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition to the randomly selected locations for tests of the density, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal lot any area that is suspected of being defective in relative density. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of 5 randomly located density tests will be taken. The isolated area will then be evaluated for price adjustment in accordance with the statistical evaluation section, considering it as a separate lot. cr_ Uu 5-04.3(11) Joints The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid HMA only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the HMA will cool below compaction temperature. When the work is resumed, the previously compacted HMA shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. Where a scheduled transverse joint or when an unscheduled joint that must be left in place after a workshift is being made in the wearing course, strips of heavy wrapping paper shall be used. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. When the transverse joint will be open to traffic a temporary wedge of HMA shall be constructed 50H:1 V or flatter. The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new HMA shall be laid against the fresh cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the traveled way. Except, on one -lane ramps a longitudinal joint may be constructed at the center of the traffic lane, subject to approval by the Project Engineer, if: 1. The ramp must remain open to traffic, or 2. The ramp is closed to traffic and a hot -lap joint is constructed. If a hot -lap joint is allowed, two paving machines shall be used; a minimum compacted density in accordance with Section 5-04.3(10)B shall be achieved throughout the traffic lane; and construction equipment other than rollers shall not operate on any uncompacted HMA. When HMA is placed adjacent to cement concrete pavement, the Contractor shall construct longitudinal joints between the HMA and the cement concrete pavement. The joint shall be sawed to the dimensions shown on Standard Plan A-1 and filled with joint sealant meeting the requirements of Section 9-04.2. 5-04.3(12) Vacant 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than [1/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods: 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or 3. By other method approved by the Project Engineer. Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Project Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Project Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the 67 sum of $500 00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When Portland cement concrete pavement is to be placed on HMA, the surface tolerance of the HMA shall be such that no surface elevation lies above the plan grade minus the specified plan depth of Portland cement concrete pavement. Prior to placing the Portland cement concrete pavement, any such irregularities shall be brought to the required tolerance by grinding or other means approved by the Project Engineer. When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the traveled way, the roadway shall be paved before the utility appurtenances are adjusted to the finished grade. 5-04.3(14) Planing Bituminous Pavement The surface of existing pavements or the top surface of subsurface courses shall be planed to remove irregularities and to produce a smooth surface. Planing shall be performed in such a manner that the underlying pavement is not torn, broken, or otherwise damaged by the planing operation The surface of the i mderlying pavement shall be slightly grooved or roughened sufficiently to ensure a bond when overlaid. The planings shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the right- of-way. The planings may be utilized as RAP, within the requirements of Section 5-04.2 or 9- 03.21. The Contractor shall dispose of all other debris resulting from the planing operation in a Contractor -provided site off the right-of-way. For mainline planing operations, the equipment shall have automatic controls, with sensors for either or both sides of the equipment. The controls shall be capable of sensing the proper grade from an outside reference line, or a mat -referencing device. The automatic controls shall also be capable of maintaining the desired transverse slope. The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the mandrel at the desired slope (expressed as a percentage) within plus or minus 0.1 percent. 5-04.3(15) HMA Road Approach HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Project Engineer. The work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04. 5-04.3(16) Weather Limitations HMA for wearing course shall not be placed on any traveled way between October 1 of any year and April 1 of the following year without written approval from the Project Engineer. Asphalt for prime coat shall not be applied when the ground temperature is lower than 50°F, without written permission of the Engineer. HMA Class D shall not be placed when the air temperature is less than 60°F. HMA shall not be placed on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified in the following table, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA mixtures: Surface Temperature Limitations Compacted Thickness Sub -Surface (Feet) Surface Course Courses Less than 0.10 55 F 55 F 0.10 to 0.20 45 F 35 F 0.21 to 0.35 35 F 35 F More than 0.35 DNA 25 F* *Only on dry subgrade, not frozen and when air temperature is rising 5-04.3(17) Paving Under Traffic When the roadway being paved is open to traffic, the following requirements shall apply: The Contractor shall keep on -ramps and off -ramps open to traffic at all times except when paving the ramp or paving across the ramp. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to the public, the ramp may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA. In hot weather, the Project Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing a ramp, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. Ramps shall not be closed on consecutive interchanges at the same time. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8- 23. All costs in connection with performing the work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various bid items involved in the contract. 5-04.3(18) Vacant 5-04.3(19) Sealing of Pavement Surfaces Where shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall apply a fog seal. Before application of the fog seal all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. The fog seal shall be CSS -1 or CSS -1h uniformly applied to the pavement free of streaks and bare spots at the rate 0.03 to 0.05 residual gallons per square yard. The emulsified asphalt shall be diluted at a rate of one part water to one part emulsified asphalt unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The emulsified asphalt shall be applied within the temperature range specified in Section 5-02.3(3). Unless otherwise approved by the Project Engineer, the fog seal shall be applied prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(20) Anti -Stripping Additive When directed by the Engineer, an anti -stripping additive shall be added to the HMA material in accordance with Section 9-02.4. 5-04.3(21) Asphalt Binder Revision When the Contracting Agency provides a source of aggregate, the expected percentage content of new asphalt binder in the resulting HMA will be identified in the contract documents. Should the actual percentage of new asphalt binder required by the job mix formula for HMA produced with Agency -provided aggregate vary by more than plus or minus 0.3 percent from the amount shown in the documents, an adjustment in payment will be made. The adjustment in payment (plus or minus) will be based on the invoice cost to the Contractor. No adjustment will be made when the Contractor elects not to use a Contracting Agency -provided source, or when no source is made available by the Contracting Agency.[Added for PG binders] 5-04.4 Measurement HMA CI. _ PG or HMA for _ Cl. _ PG or Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of the HMA. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace HMA as allowed by Section 5-04.3(8)A, the material removed will not be measured. Preparation of Untreated Roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline of the main line roadway. No additional measurement will be made for ramps, auxiliary lanes, service roads, frontage roads, or shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 0.01 mile. 69 No specific unit of measure will apply to the force account item of Crack Sealing. Soil Residual Herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest .01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the proposal. Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation. Asphalt for Prime Coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2. Prime Coat Aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton, whichever is designated in the proposal. Asphalt For Fog Seal will be measured by the ton, before dilution, in accordance with Section 1-09.2. Longitudinal Joint Seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. Planing Bituminous Pavement will be measured by the square yard. Temporary Pavement Marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8-23.4. Removing Temporary Pavement Marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8-23.4. Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2-07.4. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Anti -Stripping Additive. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Compaction Price Adjustment. 5-04.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "HMA Cl. _ PG ", per ton. "HMA for Approach Cl. PG ", per ton. "HMA for Preleveling Cl. PG ", per ton. "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. _ PG ", per ton. "Commercial HMA", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. _ PG ", "HMA for Approach Cl. PG ", "HMA fnr PrAIAvAlinn (I Pr; " "HMA fnr PnvPmPnt Ranair (:I PC, " nnri "Commercial HMA" shall be full compensation for all costs incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this sub -section and which are included in the proposal. "Preparation of Untreated Roadway", per mile. The unit contract price per mile for "Preparation of Untreated Roadway" shall be full pay for all work described under Section 5-04.3r5\3, with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. PG " which was used for patching. If the proposal does not include a bid item for "Preparation of Untreated Roadway", the roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the work shall be included in the contract prices of the other items of work. All costs for asphalt tack coat shall be included in the unit contract price per ton of the HMA. "Crack Sealing", by force account. 7n "Crack Sealing" will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. "Soil Residual Herbicide ft. Wide," per mile, or "Soil Residual Herbicide", per square yard. The unit contract price per mile or per square yard for "Soil Residual Herbicide" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install herbicide in accordance with Section 5-04.3(5)D. "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5-04.3(5)E. "Asphalt for Prime Coat", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Asphalt for Prime Coat" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5-04.3(5)B. "Prime Coat Aggregate", per cubic yard, or per ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or per ton for "Prime Coat Agg." shall be full pay for furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit and spreading the aggregate in the quantities required by the Engineer. "Asphalt for Fog Seal", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Asphalt for Fog Seal" shall be full pay for all costs of material, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for the application of the fog seal as specified If there is no bid item and a fog seal is required, it shall be applied and the work shall be included in the unit contract prices of the other work items. "Longitudinal Joint Seal", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Longitudinal Joint Seal" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5-04.3(11). "Planing Bituminous Pavement", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Planing Bituminous Pavement" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5-04.3(14). "Temporary Pavement Marking", per linear foot. Payment for "Temporary Pavement Marking" is described in Section 8-23.5. "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking", per linear foot. Payment for "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking" is described in Section 8-23.5. 'Water", per M gallon. Payment for' Water" is described in Section 2-07.5. "Anti -Stripping Additive", by calculation. "Anti -Stripping Additive" will be paid for in accordance with Section 1-09.6 except that no overhead, profit or other costs shall be allowed. Payment shall be made only for the invoice cost of the additive. The quantity of asphalt binder shall not be reduced by the quantity of anti - stripping additive used. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment," by calculation. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.5(1)A. "Compaction Price Adjustment," by calculation. "Compaction Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.5(1)B. 71 5-04.5(1) Quality Assurance Price Adjustments All HMA will be subject to price adjustments for Quality of HMA and Quality of HMA Compaction based on the Acceptance Plans in effect for each class of HMA within the contract. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated a calculated amount for all price adjustment items and has entered these amounts in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 5-04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Statistical analysis of quality of gradation and asphalt hinder content will be determined based on Section 1-06.2 using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing 1, 3/4 , 5/8 1/2, and 3/8 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 4 sieve 6 All aggregate passing No. 10 sieve 10 All aggregate passing No. 40 sieve 6 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt cement 52 Factors for Open Graded Mix Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing 1/2 sieve 10 All aggregate passing 3/8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 4 sieve 40 All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Note: Open graded mix shall be evaluated for gradation only. The quality incentive multiplier for open -graded mix shall be 40 percent rather than 60. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 1. Statistical Evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Statistical Evaluation, a Job Mix Compliance Incentive Factor (JMCIF) will be determined. The JMCIF equals the algebraic difference between the CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the JMCIF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. 2. Nonstatistical Evaluation. Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Fvali infirm and having all rnnstiti icnts falling within the tnlor�nrc limits of the it h mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further statistical evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the job mix formula, the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the difference between the CPF and unity with regard to sign multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. 3. Commercial Evaluation. If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix 72 formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside tolerances, the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. The tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00 When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 5-04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality HMA Compaction For each compaction control lot, a Compaction Incentive Price Adjustment Factor (CIPAF) will be determined. The CIPAF equals the difference between the Composite Pay Factor and unity with regard to sign multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CIPAF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. CITY OF YAKIMA SUPPLEMENT TO 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT (APWA) 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT (APWA Only) 5-04.3(5)E Pavement Repair Supplement this section with the following: The term Pavement Repair is interchangeable with Surface Repair for this project. The work included in this section shall be repair of roadway surfaces and replacement, as necessary, of any Curb and Gutter and Sidewalk disturbed by construction of the utilities installed under the contract. The pavement repair shall be made in accordance with the City of Yakima Surface Repair Standard Detail R14. The paving material shall be HMA Cl. A PG 64-28 for this work. Replacement Curb and Gutter and Sidewalk shall be constructed in accordance with City of Yakima Standard Details for that work. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The last paragraph is revised with the following: When utility appurtenances such as manhole rings and covers are encountered or are to be located within the asphalt pavement area, these items are either to be removed or not put in place until after the paving operation has been completed. The location of each utility appurtenance and all Monuments shall be referenced prior to the start of paving operations and a temporary covering shall be placed over the appurtenances to facilitate the continuous paving operation. After paving has been completed, the Contractor shall furnish, install and adjust new castings on all new and existing public utility structures, and new Monument Cases for all monuments as shown on the plans. Utility Castings shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each structure and each monument shall be relocated from the references previously established by the Contractor. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the rim plus 2 feet. The new rim shall be placed on cement concrete blocks or adjustment rings and wedged up to the desired grade. The base materials shall be removed and Class 3000 cement concrete shall be placed within the entire volume of the excavation up to, but not to exceed, 1-1/2 " below the finished pavement surface. On the following day, the concrete, the edges of the asphalt concrete pavement and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Class G asphalt concrete shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and existing pavement shall then be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. 73 5-04.4 Measurement Delete the following Sections of 5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt (APWA) 5-04.5(1) Quality Assurance Price Adjustments THROUGH 5-04.5(1)B Price Adjustment for Quality HMA Compaction. Supplement this section with the following: "Surface Repair" shall be measured by the square yard, measured to the neat lines, complete, in place at the locations shown on the plans, and in accordance with the City of Yakima Standard Detail R14, Surface Repair Detail and the City of Yakima Standard Details R01 and R10 & R12. 5-04.5 Payment Add the following pay item: "Surface Repair", per sq. yd The unit contract price for "Surface Repair" shall be full compensation for the complete repair of the roadway paved surface and any cement concrete curb and gutter and sidewalk removed due to trenching, including: furnishing all materials required, and all labor and equipment needed, to place and compact the Crushed Surfacing Base Course and the H.M.A. Class A PG 64-28, and to install the replacement cement curb and gutter and sidewalk. DIVISION 7 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CATCH BASINS 7-05.3 Construction Requirements Supplement this section by adding the following: Sanitary Sewer Cleanouts shall be constructed in accordance with the City of Yakima Standard Detail S5. The lid and ring castings shall be adjusted in accordance with these special provisions in the same manner as for manhole rings and covers. All other construction requirements for pipe installation shall apply to the installation of the Sanitary Sewer Cleanouts. 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade Revise this section to read: Manholes and Sewer Cleanout castings shall be adjusted in accordance with Section 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness. 7-05.4 Measurement Add the following: Sanitary Sewer Cleanouts will be measured per each. 7-05.5 Payment Add the following pay item: "Sanitary Sewer Cleanout", per each. 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7-08.2 Materials Add the following: Crushed Surfacing Top Course (for Trench Backfill) 9-03.9(3) 7-08.3(1)A Trenches Delete paragraph 8 7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe Supplement paragraph 2 with the following: All pipe shall be bedded as shown on the Typical Sewer Trench Detail of the City of Yakima Standard Details. 7-08.3(3) Backfilling Add the following paragraph: Where directed by the Engineer, specifically all street -crossing trenches shall be backfilled for the full depth of the trenches with Crushed Surfacing Top Course (for Trench Backfill). 75 7-08.4 Measurement Add the following: Crushed Surfacing Top Course (for Trench Backfill) shall be measured by the Ton. 7-08.5 Payment Add the following pay item "Crushed Surfacing Top Course (for Trench Backfill)", per ton. 7-17 SANITARY SEWERS 7-17.2 Materials Supplement this section with the following: Pipe used on this project shall only be Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer pipe conforming to 9- 05.12(1). 7-17.3 Construction Requirements 7-17.3(2)H Television Inspection Replace the word "may" in the first sentence of the first paragraph with the word "Shall". Supplement the section with the following: Television inspection shall be done by City of Yakima Wastewater forces after the trench has been backfilled and compacted to the required density and before any repaving work. Television inspection shall be done following all repairs found to be needed by the air and mandrel tests. The Contractor shall make arrangements with City of Yakima Wastewater Collection at (509)575- 6118 or (509)952-6077 at least 24 hours in advance of the test. 7-17.4 Measurement Replace the second paragraph with the following: No separate measurement will be made for testing sewer pipe. 7-17.5 Payment Revise the second paragraph by adding the following: "All costs for testing the sewer pipe as required in Section 7-17.3(2) shall be included in the unit contract price for "PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe In. Diam.", per linear foot." Delete the pay Item: "Testing Sewer Pipe", per linear foot and the paragraph immediately following. DIVISION 8 MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION 8-30 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT (New Section) 8-30.1 Description The work shall consist of repair of any incidental damages to landscaping, fencing, private irrigation, top soil, turf or other miscellaneous items within or adjacent to the project area. This includes complete replacement of items that are beyond repair as determined by the Engineer. 8-30.5 Payment Payment will be made for the following bid items: "Repair or Replacement", by force account. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, and for that purpose only, the City has estimated the force account for "Repair or Replacement", and has arbitrarily entered the amount for the pay item in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 77 DIVISION 9 MATERIALS 9-03 AGGREGATES 9-03.8 Aggregates for Hot Mix Asphalt 9-03.8(3)C Gradation -- Recycled Asphalt Pavement and Mineral Aggregate Revise the second paragraph as follows: Delete the reference to Section 9-03.8(6)A 9-03.8(6)A Basis of Acceptance Delete this section. 9-05 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 9-05.15 Metal Castings 9-05.15(1) Manhole Ring and Cover Revise this section to read: All new manhole rings and covers shall be purchased by the Contractor from Olympic Foundry, Casting No. MH33Y, Yakima Standard Ring and Blank Cover. The Contractor shall also provide all labor and equipment for handling the manhole rings and covers. All used castings shall become the property of the City of Yakima and shall be delivered to the Wastewater Collection - Maintenance Facility at 204 W. Pine by the Contractor. Prior arrangements must be made to assure the facility will be open for delivery. 78 v FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION AND YAKIMA AIRPORT REGULATIONS (Attachments follow this page) 79 U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular Subject: OPERATIONAL SAFETY ON AIRPORTS DURING CONSTRUCTION 1. THE PURPOSE OF THIS ADVISORY CIRCULAR (AC). Aviation safety is the primary consideration at airports, especially during construction. This AC sets forth guidelines for operational safety on airports during construction. It contains major changes to the following areas: "Runway Safety Area," paragraph 3-2; "Taxiway Safety Areas/Object-Free Areas," paragraph 3-3; "Overview," paragraph 3-4; "Marking Guidelines for Temporary Threshold," paragraph 3-5; and "Hazard Marking and Lighting," paragraph 3-9. 2. WHAT THIS AC CANCELS. This AC cancels AC 150/5370-2D, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction, dated May 31, 2002. 3. READING MATERIAL RELATED TO THIS AC. Appendix 1 contains a list of reading materials on airport construction, design, and potential safety hazards during construction, as well as instructions for ordenng these documents. Many of them, including this AC, are available on the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Web site. CLThi9 DAVID L. BENNETT Director, Office of Airport Safety and Standards Date: 1/17/03 AC No: 150/5370-2E Initiated by: AAS -300 Change: 4. WHO THIS AC AFFECTS. This AC assists airport operators in complying with 14 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), part 139, Certification and Operation: Land Airports Serving Certain Air Carriers, and with the requirements of airport construction projects receiving funds under the Airport Improvement Program or from the Passenger Facility Charge Program. While the FAA does not require noncertificated airports without grant agreements to adhere to these guidelines, we recommend that they do so as it will help these airports maintain a desirable level of operational safety during construction. 5. ADDITIONAL BACKGROUND INFORMATION. Appendix 2 contains definitions of terms used in this AC. Appendix 3 provides airport operators with boilerplate format and language for developing a safety plan for an airport construction project. Appendix 4 is a sample Notice to Airmen form. 6. HAZARD LIGHTING IMPLEMENTATION TIME LINE. Supplemental hazard lighting must be red in color by October 1, 2004. See paragraph 3-9 for more mformation. 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E CONTENTS Paragraph Page CHAPTER 1. GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1 1-1. Overview. 1 1-2. Who Is Responsible for Safety During Construction. 1 CHAPTER 2. SAFETY PLANS 3 Section 1. Basic Safety Plan Considerations 3 2-1. Overview. 3 2-2. Safety Plan Checklist 3 Section 2. Safety and Security Measures 4 2-3. Overview. 4 2-4. Vehicle Operation and Marking and Pedestrian Control 4 2-5. Construction Employee Parking Areas 5 2-6. Construction Vehicle Equipment Parking. 5 2-7. Radio Commumcation Training. 5 2-8. Fencing and Gates. 5 Section 3. Notification of Construction Activities 5 2-9. General. 5 2-10. Assuring Prompt Notifications. 6 2-11. Notices to Aiuuien (NOTAMs) 6 2-12. Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF) Notification. 6 2-13. Notification to the FAA 6 2-14. Work Scheduling and Accomplishment. 6 CHAPTER 3. SAFETY STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES 7 Section 1. Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas, Obstacle -Free Zones, and Object -Free Areas 7 3-1. Overview. 7 3-2. Runway Safety Area (RSA)/Obstacle-Free Zone (OFZ) 7 3-3. Taxiway Safety Areas/Object-Free Areas. 7 Section 2. Temporary Runway Thresholds 8 3-4. Overview. 8 3-5. Marking Guidelines for Temporary Threshold 8 3-6. Lighting Guidelines for Temporary Threshold 9 Section 3. Other Construction Marking and Lighting Activities 10 3-7. Overview. 10 3-8. Closed Runway and Taxiway Marking and Lighting. 10 3-9. Hazard Marking and Lighting 10 3-10. Construction Near Navigational Aids (NAVAIDs) 11 3-11. Construction Site Access and Haul Roads. 11 3-12. Construction Material Stockpiling. 11 3-13. Other Limitations on Construction. 11 3-14. Foreign Object Debris (FOD) Management. 12 Section 4. Safety Hazards and Impacts 12 3-15. Overview. 12 iii AC 150/5370-2E 1/17/03 Appendices APPENDIX 1. RELATED READING MATERIAL A-1 APPENDIX 2. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED IN THE AC A-2 APPENDIX 3. AIRPORT CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLANNING GUIDE A-3 APPENDTX 4. SAMPTF NOTAM 4-7 iv 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E CHAPTER 1. GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 1-1. OVERVIEW. Hazardous practices and marginal conditions created by construction activities can decrease or jeopardize operational safety on airports. To minimize disruption of normal aircraft operations and to avoid situations that compromise the airport's operational safety, the airport operator must carefully plan, schedule, and coordinate construction activities. While the guidance in this AC is primarily used for construction operations, some of the methods and procedures described may also enhance day- to-day maintenance operations. 1-2. WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION. An airport operator has overall responsibility for construction activities on an airport. This mcludes the predesign, design, preconstruction, construction, and inspection phases. Additional information on these responsibilities can be found throughout this AC. a. Airport operator's responsibilities— (1) Develop internally or approve a construction safety plan developed by an outside consultant/contractor that complies with the safety guidelines in Chapter 2, "Safety Plans," and Appendix 3, "Airport Construction Safety Planning Guide," of this AC. (2) Require contractors to submit plans indicating how they intend to comply with the safety requirements of the project. (3) Convene a meeting with the construction contractor, consultant, airport employees, and, if appropriate, tenant sponsor to review and discuss project safety before beginning construction activity. (4) Ensure contact information is accurate for each representative/point of contact identified in the safety plan. (5) Hold weekly or, if necessary, daily safety meetings to coordinate activities. (6) Notify users, especially aircraft rescue and fire fighting (ARFF) personnel, of construction activity and conditions that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport via Notices to Airmen (NOTAMs) or other methods, as appropriate. Convene a meeting for review and discussion if necessary. (7) Ensure that construction personnel know of any applicable airport procedures and of changes to those procedures that may affect their work. (8) Ensure that construction contractors and subcontractors undergo training required by the safety plan. (9) Develop and/or coordinate a construction vehicle plan with airport tenants, the airport traffic control tower (ATCT), and construction contractors. Include the vehicle plan in the safety plan. See Chapter 2, section 2, of this AC for additional information. (10) Ensure tenants and contractors comply with standards and procedures for vehicle lighting, marking, access, operation, and communication. (11) At certificated airports, ensure that each tenant's construction safety plan is consistent with 14 CFR part 139, Certification and Operations: Land Airports Servmg Certain Air Carriers. (12) Conduct frequent inspections to ensure construction contractors and tenants comply with the safety plan and that altered construction activities do not create potential safety hazards. (13) Resolve safety deficiencies immediately. (14) Ensure construction access complies with the secunty requirements of 49 CFR part 1542, Airport Security. (15) Notify appropriate parties when conditions exist that invoke provisions of the safety plan (e.g., implementation of low -visibility operations). b. Construction contractor's responsibilities— (1) Submit plans to the airport operator on how to comply with the safety requirements of the project. (2) Have available a copy of the project safety plan. (3) Comply with the safety plan associated with the construction project and ensure that construction personnel are familiar with safety procedures and regulations on the airport. (4) Provide a point of contact who will coordinate an immediate response to correct any construction -related activity that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport. (5) Provide a safety officer/construction inspector familiar with airport safety to monitor construction activities. (6) Restrict movement of construction vehicles to construction areas by flaggmg and barricading, erecting temporary fencing, or providing escorts, as appropriate. 1 AC 150/5370-2E 1/17/03 (7) Ensure that no construction employees, employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or other persons enter any part of the air operations areas (AOAs) from the construction site unless authorized. c. Tenant's responsibilities if planning construction activities on leased property— (1) Develop a safety plan, and submit it to the airport operator for approval prior to issuance of a Notice to Proceed. (2) Provide a point of contact who will coordinate an immediate response to correct any construction -related activity that may adversely affect the operational safety of the airport. (3) Ensure that no tenant or construction employees, employees of subcontractors or suppliers, or any other persons enter any part of the AOA from the construction site unless authorized. (4) Restrict movement of construction vehicles to construction areas by flagging and barricading or erecting temporary fencing. 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E 2-1. OVERVIEW. CHAPTER 2. SAFETY PLANS Section 1. Basic Safety Plan Considerations 2-2. SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST. Airport operators should coordinate safety issues with the air carriers, FAA Airway Facilities, and other airport tenants before the design phase of the project. The airport operator should identify project safety concerns, requirements, and impacts before making arrangements with contractors and other personnel to perform work on an airport. These safety concerns will serve as the foundation for the construction safety plan and help maintain a high level of aviation safety during the project. The airport operator should determine the level of complexity of the safety plan that is necessary for each construction project and its phases. The safety plan may be detailed m the specifications included in the invitation for bids, or the mvitation for bid may specify that the contractor develop the safety plan and the airport operator approve it. In the latter case, the invitation for bid should contain sufficient information to allow the contractor to develop and determine the costs associated with the safety plan. In either case, safety plan costs should be incorporated into the total cost of the project. The airport operator has final approval authority and responsibility for all safety plans. Coordination will vary from formal predesign conferences to informal contacts throughout the duration of the construction project. Details of a specified safety plan, or requirements for a contractor -developed safety plan, should be discussed at the predesign and preconstruction conferences and should include the following, as appropriate: a. Actions necessary before startmg construction, including defining and assigning responsibilities. b. Basic responsibilities and procedures for disseminating instructions about airport procedures to the contractor's personnel. c. Means of separating construction areas from aeronautical -use areas. d. Navigational aid (NAVAID) requirements and weather. e. Markmg and lighting plan illustrations. f. Methods of coordinating significant changes in airport operations with all the appropriate parties. To the extent applicable, the safety plan should address the following: a. Scope of work to be performed, including proposed duration of work. b. Runway and taxiway marking and lighting. c. Procedures for protecting all runway and taxiway safety areas, obstacle -free zones (OFZs), object -free areas (OFAs), and threshold citing criteria outlined in AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design, and as described in this AC. This includes limitations on equipment height and stockpiled material. d. Areas and operations affected by the construction activity, including possible safety problems. e. NAVAIDs that could be affected, especially critical area boundaries. f. Methods of separatmg vehicle and pedestrian construction traffic from the airport movement areas. This may include fencing off construction areas to keep equipment operators in restricted areas in which they are authorized to operate. Fencing, or some other form of restrictive barrier, is an operational necessity in some cases. g. Procedures and equipment, such as barricades (identify type), to delineate closed construction areas from the airport operational areas, as necessary. h. Limitations on construction. i. Required compliance of contractor personnel with all airport safety and security measures. j. Location of stockpiled construction materials, construction site parking, and access and haul roads. k. Radio communications. I. Vehicle identification. m. Trenches and excavations and cover requirements. 3 AC 150/5370-2E 1/17/03 n. Procedures for notifying ARFF personnel if water fines or fire hydrants must be deactivated or if emergency access routes must be rerouted or blocked. o. Emergency notification procedures for medical and police response. p. Use of temporary visual aids. q. Wildlife management. r. Foreign object debris (FOD) control provisions. s. Hazardous materials (HAZMAT) management. t. NOTAM issuance. u. Inspection requirements. v. Procedures for locatmg and protPcting existing underground utilities, cables, wires, pipelines, and other underground facilities in excavation areas. 2-3. OVERVIEW. w. Procedures for contacting responsible representatives/points of contact for all involved parties. This should include off-duty contact information so an immediate response may be coordinated to correct any construction -related activity that could adversely affect the operational safety of the airport. Particular care should be taken to ensure that appropriate Airways Facilities personnel are identified m the event that an unanticipated utility outage or cable cut occurs that impacts FAA NA`v'AJD s. x. Vehicle operator training. y. Penalty provisions for noncompliance with airport rules and regulations and the safety plan (e.g., if a vehicle is involved in a runway incursion). z. Any special conditions that affect the operation of the airport and will require a portion of the safety plan to be activated (e.g., low -visibility operations, snow removal). Section 2. Safety and Security Measures Airport operators are responsible for closely monitoring tenant and construction contractor activity during the construction project to ensure continual compliance with all safety and security requirements. Airports subject to 49 CFR part 1542, Airport Security, must meet standards for access control, movement of ground vehicles, and identification of construction contractor and tenant personnel. In addition, airport operators should use safety program standards, as described in Chapter 3 of this AC, to develop specific safety measures to which tenants and construction contractors must adhere throughout the duration of construction activities. General safety provisions are contamed in AC 150/5370-10, Standards for Spec5ing Construction of Airports, paragraphs 40-05, "Maintenance of Traffic"; 70-08, "Barricades, Warning Signs, and Hazard Markings"; and 80-04, "Limitation of Operations." At any time during construction, uction, aircraft operations, weather, security, or local airport rules may dictate more stringent safety measures. The airport operator should ensure that both general and specific safety requirements are coordinated with airport tenants and ATCT personnel. The airport operator should also include these parties in the coordmation of all bid documents, construction plans, and specifications for on -airport construction projects. 2-4. VEHICLE OPERATION AND MARKING AND PEDESTRIAN CONTROL. Vehicle and pedestrian access routes for airport construction projects must be controlled to prevent inadvertent or unauthorized entry of persons, vehicles, or animals onto the AOA. This includes aircraft movement and nonmovement areas. The airport operator should develop and coordinate a construction vehicle plan with airport tenants, contractors, and the ATCT. The safety plan or invitation for bid should include specific vehicle and pedestrian requirements. The Yehicle plan should contain the fnl1nwmgg items: a. Airport operator's rules and regulations for vehicle marking, lighting, and operation. b. Requirements for marking and identifying vehicles in accordance with AC 150/5210-5, Painting, Marking, and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport c. Description of proper vehicle operations on movement and nonmovement areas under normal, lost communications, and emergency conditions. d. Penalties for noncompliance with driving rules and regulations. e. Trammg requirements for vehicle drivers to ensure compliance with the airport operator's vehicle rules and regulations. f. Provisions for radio communication training for construction contractor personnel engaged m construction activities around aircraft movement areas. Some drivers, 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E such as construction drivers under escort, may not require this training. g. Escort procedures for construction vehicles requiring access to aircraft movement areas. A vehicle in the movement area must have a working aviation -band, two-way radio unless it is under escort. Vehicles can be in closed areas without a radio if the closed area is properly marked and lighted to prevent incursions and a NOTAM regarding the closure is issued. h. Monitoring procedures to ensure that vehicle drivers are in compliance with the construction vehicle plan. i. Procedures for, if appropriate, personnel to control access through gates and fencing or across aircraft movement areas. 2-5. CONSTRUCTION EMPLOYEE PARKING AREAS. Designate in advance vehicle parking areas for contractor employees to prevent any unauthorized entry of persons or vehicles onto the airport movement area. These areas should provide reasonable contractor employee access to the job site. 2-6. CONSTRUCTION VEHICLE EQUIPMENT PARKING. Construction employees must park and service all construction vehicles in an area designated by the airport operator outside the runway safety areas and OFZs and never on a closed taxiway or runway. Employees should also park construction vehicles outside the OFA when not m use by construction personnel (e.g., overnight, on weekends, or during other periods when construction is not active). Parking areas must not obstruct the clear lme of sight by the ATCT to any taxiways or runways under air traffic control nor obstruct any runway visual aids, signs, or navigational aids. The FAA must also study those areas to determine effects on 14 CFR part 77, Objects Affecting Navigable Airspace, surfaces (see paragraph 2-13 for further information). 2-7. RADIO COMMUNICATION TRAINING. The airport operator must ensure that tenant and construction contractor personnel engaged in activities involving unescorted operation on aircraft movement 2-9. GENERAL. areas observe the proper procedures for communications, including using appropriate radio frequencies at airports with and without ATCTs. Training of contractors on proper communication procedures is essential for maintaining airport operational safety. When operating vehicles on or near open runways or taxiways, construction personnel must understand the critical importance of maintaining radio contact with airport operations, ATCT, or the Common Traffic Advisory Frequency, which may include UNICOM, MULTICOM, or one of the FAA Flight Service Stations (FSS), as directed by airport management. Vehicular traffic crossing active movement areas must be controlled either by two-way radio with the ATCT, escort, flagman, signal light, or other means appropriate for the particular airport. Vehicle drivers must confirm by personal observation that no aircraft is approaching their position when given clearance to cross a runway. In addition, it is the responsibility of the escort vehicle driver to verify the movement/position of all escorted vehicles at any given time. Even though radio communication is maintained, escort vehicle drivers must also familiarize themselves with ATCT light gun signals m the event of radio failure (see the FAA safety placard "Ground Vehicle Guide to Airport Signs and Markings"). This safety placard may be ordered through the Runway Safety Program Web site at http://www.faarsp.org or obtained from the Regional Airports Division Office. 2-8. FENCING AND GATES. Airport operators and contractors must take care to maintain a high level of safety and security during construction when access points are created in the security fencing to permit the passage of construction vehicles or personnel. Temporary gates should be equipped so they can be securely closed and locked to prevent access by animals and people (especially minors). Procedures should be in place to ensure that only authorized persons and vehicles have access to the AOA and to prohibit "piggybacking" behind another person or vehicle. The Department of Transportation (DOT) document DOT/FAA/AR-00/52, Recommended Security Guidelines for Airport Planning and Construction, provides more specific information on fencing. A copy of this document can be obtained from the Airport Consultants Council, Airports Council International, or American Association of Airport Executives. Section 3. Notification of Construction Activities In order to maintain the desired levels of operational safety on airports durmg construction activities, the safety plan should contain the notification actions described below. 5 AC 150/5370-2E 1/17/03 2-10. ENSURING PROMPT NOTIFICATIONS. The airport operator should establish and follow procedures for the immediate notification of airport users and the FAA of any conditions adversely affecting the operational safety of an airport. 2-11. NOTICES TO AIRMEN (NOTAMS). The airport operator must provide information on closed or hazardous conditions on airport movement areas to the FSS so it can issue a NOTAM. The airport operator must coordinate the issuance, maintenance, and cancellation of NOTAMs about airport conditions resulting from construction activities with tenants and the local air traffic facility (control tower, approach control, or air traffic control center. Refer to AC 150/5200-28, Notices to Airmen (NOTAMs) for Airport Operators, and Appendix 4 in this AC for a sample NOTAM form. Only the FAA may issue or cancel NOTAMs nn shutdown or irregular operation of FAA -owned facilities. Only the airport operator or an authorized representative may issue or cancel NOTAMs on airport conditions. (The airport owner/operator is the only entity that can close or open a runway.) The airport operator must file and maintain this list of authorized representatives with the FSS. Any person having reason to believe that a NOTAM is missing, incomplete, or inaccurate must notify the airport operator. 2-12. AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING (ARFF) NOTIFICATION. The safety plan must provide procedures for notifying ARFF personnel, mutual aid providers, and other emergency services if construction requires shutting off or otherwise disrupting any water line or fire hydrant on the airport or adjoining areas and if contractors work with hazardous material on the airfield. Notification procedures must also be developed for notifying ARFF and all other emergency personnel when the work performed will close or affect any emergency routes. Likewise, the procedures must address appropriate notifications when services are restored. 2-11. NOTTFi(ATiON TO THE FAA. For certain airport projects, 14 CFR part 77 requires notification to the FAA. In addition to applications made for Federally funded construction, 14 CFR part 157, Notice of Construction, Alteration, Activation, and 6 Deactivation of Airports, requires that the airport operator notify the FAA in writing whenever a non -Federally funded project involves the construction of a new airport; the construction, realigmng, altering, activating, or abandoning of a runway, landing strip, or associated taxiway; or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire airport. Notification mvolves submitting FAA Form 7480-1, Notice of Landing Area Proposal, to the nearest FAA Regional Airports Division Office or Airports District Office. Also, any person proposing any kind of construction or alteration of objects that affect navigable airspace, as defined in 14 CFR part 77 must notify the FAA. This includes construction equipment and proposed parking areas for this equipment (i.e., cranes, graders, etc.) FAA Form 7460-1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration, can be used for this purpose and submitted to the FAA Regional Airports Division Office or Airports District Office. (See AC 70/7460-2, Proposed Construction or Alteration of Objects that May Affect the Navigable Airspace.) If construction operations require a shutdown of an airport owned NAVAID from service for more than 24 hours or in excess of 4 hniirs daily on consecutive days, we recommend a 45 -day rrunimum notice prior to facility shutdown. Coordinate work for a FAA owned NAVAID shutdown with the local FAA Airways Facilities Office. In addition, procedures that address unanticipated utility outages and cable cuts that could impact FAA NAVAIDs must be addressed. 2-14. WORK SCHEDULING AND ACCOMPLISHMENT. Airport operators—or tenants having construction on their leased properties—should use predesign, prebid, and preconstruction conferences to introduce the subject of airport operational safety during construction (see AC 150/5300-9, Predesign, Prebid, and Preconstruction Conferences for Airport Grant Projects). The airport operator, tenants, and construction contractors should integrate operational safety requirements into their planning and work schedules as early as practical. Operational safety should be a standing agenda item for discussion during progress meetings throughout the project. The contractor and airport operator should carry out onsite inspections throughout the project and immediately remedy any deficiencies, whether caused by negligence, oversight, or project scope change 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E Section 1. CHAPTER 3. SAFETY STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES Runway and Taxiway Safety Areas, Obstacle -Free Zones, and Object -Free Areas 3-1. OVERVIEW. Airport operators must use these safety guidelines when preparing plans and specifications for construction activities in areas that may mterfere with aircraft operations. The safety plan should recognize and address these standards for each airport construction project. However, the safety plan must reflect the specific needs of a particular project, and for this reason, these safety guidelines should not be incorporated verbatim into project specifications. For additional guidance on meeting safety and security requirements, refer to the planning guide template included in Appendix 3 of this AC. 3-2. RUNWAY SAFETY AREA (RSA)/ OBSTACLE -FREE ZONE (OFZ). A runway safety area is the defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot, overshoot, or excursion from the runway (see AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design). Construction activities within the standard RSA are subject to the following conditions: a. Runway edges. (1) No construction may occur closer than 200 feet (60m) from the runway centerline unless the runway is closed or restricted to aircraft operations, requiring an RSA that is equal to the RSA width available during construction, or 400 feet, whichever is less (see AC 150/5300-13, Tables 3-1 through 3-3). (2) Personnel, material, and/or equipment must not penetrate the OFZ, as defined in AC 150/5300- 13 (3) The airport operator must coordinate the construction activity in the RSA as permitted above with the ATCT and the FAA Regional Airports Division Office or appropriate Airports District Office and issue a local NOTAM. b. Runway ends. (1) An RSA must be mamtained of such dimensions that it extends beyond the end of the runway a distance equal to that which existed before construction activity, unless the runway is closed or restricted to aircraft operations for which the reduced RSA is adequate (see AC 150/5300-13). The temporary use of declared distances and/or partial runway closures may help provide the necessary RSA. In addition, all personnel, materials, and/or equipment must remain clear of the applicable threshold siting surfaces, as defined in Appendix 2, "Threshold Siting Requirements," of AC 150/5300-13.1 Consult with the appropnate FAA Regional Airports Division Office or Airports District Office to determine the appropriate approach surface required. (2) Personnel, material, and/or equipment must not penetrate the OFZ, as defined in AC 150/5300- 13. (3) The safety plan must provide procedures for ensuring adequate distance for blast protection, if required by operational considerations. (4) The airport operator must coordinate construction activity in this portion of the RSA with the ATCT and the FAA Regional Airports Division Office or appropriate Airports District Office and issue a local NOTAM. c. Excavations. (1) Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site with red or orange flags, as approved by the airport operator, and light them with red hghts durmg hours of restricted visibility or darkness. (2) Open trenches or excavations are not permitted within 200 feet (60m) of the runway centerlme and at least the existing RSA distance from the runway threshold while the runway is open. If the runway must be opened before excavations are backfilled, cover the excavations appropriately. Coverings for open trenches or excavations must be of sufficient strength to support the weight of the heaviest aircraft operating on the runway. 3-3. TAXIWAY SAFETY AREAS/OBJECT- FREE AREAS. a. Unrestricted construction activity is permissible adjacent to taxiways when the taxiway is restncted to aircraft such that the available taxiway safety area is equal 'If a full safety area cannot be obtained through declared distances and partial closures, or other methods such as alternate runway use, construction activity may operate in the RSA as long as conditions cited in paragraph 3-lb(2) thru (4) are met. In addition, various surfaces outlined in AC 150/5300-13 and Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS) must be protected through an aeronautical study 7 AC 150/5370-2E 1/17/03 to at least 'A of the widest wingspan of the aircraft expected to use the taxiway and the available taxiway object -free area is equal to at least .7 times the widest wingspan plus 10 feet. (See AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on taxiway safety and object -free areas.) Construction activity may be accomplished closer to a taxiway, subject to the following restrictions: (1) The activity is first coordinated with the airport operator. (2) Appropriate NOTAMs are issued. (3) Marking and lighting meeting the provisions of paragraph 3-9 are implemented. (4) Adequate clearance is maintained between equipment and materials and any part of an aircraft. If such clearance can only be maintained if an aircraft does not have full use of the entire taxiway width (with its 3-4. OVERVIEW. main landing gear at the edge of the pavement), then it will be necessary to move personnel and equipment for each passing aircraft. In these situations, flag persons will be used to direct construction equipment, and wing walkers may be necessary to guide aircraft. Wing walkers should be airline/aviation personnel rather than construction workers. b. Construction contractors must prominently mark open trenches and excavations at the construction site, as approved by 'the airport operator, and light tuieiii with red lights during hours of restricted visibility or darkness c. Excavations and open trenches may be permitted up to the edge of a structural taxiway and apron pavement provided the dropoff is marked and lighted per paragraph 3-9, "Hazard Marking and Lighting." Section 2. Temporary Runway Thresholds Construction activity in a runway approach area may result in the need to partially close a runway or displace the existing runway threshold. In either case, locate the threshold in accordance with Appendix 2 of AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design. Objects that do not penetrate these surfaces may still be obstructions to air navigation and may affect standard instrument approach procedures. Coordinate these objects with the FAA's Regional Airports Office or appropriate Airports District Office, as necessary. Refer to the current edition of AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on threshold siting requirements. The partial runway closure, the displacement of the runway threshold, as well as closures of the complete runway and other portions of the movement area also requires coordination with appropriate ATCT personnel and airport users. Caution regarding partial runway closures: When filing a NOTAM for a partial runway closure, clearly state to FSS personnel that the portion of pavement located prior to the threshold is not available for landing and departing traffic. In this case, the threshold has been moved for both landing and takeoff purposes (this is different than a displaced threshold). Example NOTAM: "North 1,000 feet of Runway 18/36 is closed; 7,000 feet remain available on Runway 18 and Runway 36 for arrivals and departures." There may be situations where the portion of closed runway is available for taxiing only. If so, the NOTAM must reflect this condition. Caution regarding displaced thresholds: Implementation of a displaced threshold affects runway length available for aircraft landing over the displacement. Depending on the reason for the displacement (to provide obstruction clearance or RSA), 8 such a displacement may also require an adjustment in the landmg distance available and accelerate -stop distance available m the opposite direction. If project scope includes personnel, equipment, excavation, etc. within the RSA of any usable runway end, we do not recommend a displaced threshold unless arrivals and departures toward the construction activity are prohibited. Instead, implement a partial closure. 3-5. MARKING GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY THRESHOLD. Ensure that markings for temporary displaced thresholds are clearly visible to pilots approaching the airport to land. When construction personnel and equipment are located close to any threshold, a temporary visual NAVAID, such as runway end identifier lights (REIL), may be required (even on unlighted runways) to define the new beginning of the runway clearly. A visual vertical guidance device, such as a visual approach slope indicator (VASI), pulse light approach slope indicator (PLASI), or precision approach path indicator (PAPI), may be necessary to assure landing clearance over personnel, vehicles, equipment, and/or above -grade stockpiled materials. If such devices are installed, ensure an appropriate descriptive NOTAM is issued to info= pilots of these conditions. The current edition of AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings, describes standard marking colors and layouts. In addition, we recommend that a temporary runway threshold be marked using the following a ndeehne_s: a. Airport markings must be clearly visible to pilots; not misleading, confusing, or deceptive; secured m place to prevent movement by prop wash, jet blast, wing vortices, or other wind currents; and constructed of 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E materials that would minimize damage to an aircraft in the event of inadvertent contact. (1) Pavement markings for temporary closed portions of the runway should consist of yellow chevrons to identify pavement areas that are unsuitable for takeoff/landmg (see AC 150/5340-1). If unable to paint the markings on the pavement, construct them from any of the following materials: double -layered painted snow fence, colored plastic, painted sheets of plywood, or similar materials. They must be properly configured and secured to prevent movement by prop wash, jet blast, or other wind currents. (2) It may be necessary to remove or cover runway markings, such as runway designation markings and aiming point markings, depending on the length of construction and type of activity at the airport. (3) When threshold markings are needed to identify the temporary beginning of the runway that is available for landing, use a white threshold bar of the dimensions specified in AC 150/5340-1. (4) If temporary outboard elevated or flush threshold bars are used, locate them outside of the runway pavement surface, one on each side of the runway. They should be at least 10 feet (3m) in width and extend outboard from each side of the runway so they are clearly visible to landing and departing aircraft. These threshold bars are white. If the white threshold bars are not discernable on grass or snow, apply a black background with appropriate material over the ground to ensure the markings are clearly visible. (5) A temporary threshold may also be marked with the use of retroreflective, elevated markers. One side of such markers is green to denote the approach end of the runway; the side that is seen by pilots on rollout is red. See AC 150/5345-39, FAA Specification L- 853, Runway and Taxiway Retroreflective Markers. (6) At 14 CFR part 139 certificated airports, temporary elevated threshold markers must be mounted with a frangible fitting (see 14 CFR part 139.309). However, at noncertificated airports, the temporary elevated threshold markings may either be mounted with a frangible fitting or be flexible. See AC 150/5345-39. b. The application rate of the paint to mark a short- term temporary runway threshold may deviate from the standard (see Item P-620, "Runway and Taxiway Painting," in AC 150/5370-10, Standards for Specifying Construction of Airports), but the dimensions must meet the existing standards, unless coordinated with the appropriate offices. c. When a runway is partially closed, the distance remaining signs for aircraft landing in the opposite direction should be covered or removed during the construction. 3-6. LIGHTING GUIDELINES FOR TEMPORARY THRESHOLD. A temporary runway threshold must be lighted if the runway is lighted and it is the mtended threshold for night landmgs or instrument meteorological conditions. We recommend that temporary threshold lights and related visual NAVAIDs be mstalled outboard of the edges of the full-strength pavement with bases at grade level or as low as possible, but not to exceed 3 inches (7.6cm) above ground. When any portion of a base is above grade, place properly compacted fill around the base to minimize the rate of gradient change so aircraft can, in an emergency, cross at normal landmg or takeoff speeds without incurring significant damage (see AC 150/5370-10). We recommend that the following be observed when using temporary runway threshold lighting: a. Mamtain threshold and edge lighting color and spacing standards as described in AC 150/5340-24, Runway and Taxiway Edge Lighting System. Battery -powered, solar, or portable lights that meet the criteria in AC 150/5345-50, Specification for Portable Runway Lights, may be used. These systems are intended primarily for visual flight rules (VFR) aircraft operation but may be used for instrument flight rules (IFR) aircraft operations, upon individual approval from the Flight Standards Division of the applicable FAA Regional Office. b. When the runway has been partially closed, disconnect edge and threshold lights with associated isolation transformers on that part of the runway at and behmd the threshold (i.e., the portion of the runway that is closed). Alternately, cover the light fixture in such a way as to prevent light leakage. Avoid removmg the lamp from energized fixtures because an excessive number of isolation transformers with open secondaries may damage the regulators and/or increase the current above its normal value. c. Secure, identify, and place any temporary exposed wiring in conduit to prevent electrocution and fire ignition sources. d. Reconfigure yellow lenses (caution zone), as necessary. If the runway has centerline hghts, reconfigure the red lenses, as necessary, or place the centerline lights out of service. e. Relocate the visual glide slope indicator (VGSI), such as VASI and PAPI; other airport lights, such as REIL; and approach fights to identify the temporary threshold. Another option is to disable the VLSI or any equipment that would give misleading indications to pilots as to the new threshold location. Installation of temporary visual aids may be necessary to provide adequate guidance to pilots on approach to the affected runway. If the FAA owns and operates the VGSI, 9 AG 150/5370-2F 1/17/03 coordinate its installation or disabling with the local Airway Facilities Systems Management Office. 3-7. OVERVIEW. f. Issue a NOTAM to inform pilots of temporary lighting conditions. Section 3. Other Construction Marking and Lighting Activities Ensure that construction areas, including closed runways, are clearly and visibly separated from movement areas and that hazards, facilities, cables, and power lines are identified prominently for construction contractors. Throughout the duration of the construction project, verify that these areas remain clearly marked and visible at all times and that marking and lighting aids remain in place and operational. Routine inspections must be made of temporary construction lighting, especially battery - powered lighting since weather conditions can limit battery life. 3-8. CLOSED RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY MARKING AND LIGHTING. Closed runway markings consist of a yellow "X" in compliance with the standards of AC 150/5340-1, Standardsfor Airport Markings. A very effective and preferable visual aid to depict temporary closure is the lighted "X" signal placed on or near the runway designation numbers. This device is much more discernible to approaching aircraft than the other materials described. If the lighted "X" is not available, construct the marking of any of the following materials: double -layered painted snow fence, colored plastic, pamted sheets of plywood, or similar materials. They must be properly configured and secured to prevent movement by prop wash, jet blast, or other wind currents. In addition, the airport operator may install barricades, traffic cones, activate stop bars, or other acceptable visual devices at major entrances to the runways to prevent aircraft from entering a closed portion of runway. The placement of even a single reflective barricade with a "do not enter" sign on a taxiway centerline can prevent an aircraft from continuing onto a closed runway. If the taxiway must remain open for aircraft crossings, barricades or markings, as described above or in paragraph 3-9, should be placed on the runway a. Permanently closed runways. For runways and taxiways that have been permanently closed, disconnect the lightmg circuits. For runways, obliterate the threshold marking, runway designation marking, and touchdown zone markings, and place "X's" at each end and at 1,000 -font (300-m) intervals. Fnr taxiway s, place an "X" at the entrance of the closed taxiway. 10 b. Temporarily closed runway and taxiways. For runways that have been temporarily closed, place an "X" at the each end of the runway. With taxiways, place an "X" at the- entrance nf the rinsed taxiway. c. Temporarily closed airport. When the airport is closed temporarily, mark the runways as closed and turn off the airport beacon. d. Permanently closed airports When the airport is closed permanently, mark the runways as permanently closed, disconnect the airport beacon, and place an "X" in the segmented circle or at a central location if no segmented circle exists. 3-9. HAZARD MARKING AND LIGHTING. Provide prominent, comprehensible warning indicators for any area affected by construction that is noinially accessible to aircraft, personnel, or vehicles. Using appropriate hazard marking and lightmg may prevent damage, injury, traffic delays, and/or facility closures. Hazard marking and lighting must restrict access and make specific hazards obvious to pilots, vehicle drivers, and other personnel. Barricades, traffic cones (weighted or sturdily attached to the surface), or flashers are acceptable methods used to identify and define the limits of construction and hazardous areas on airports. Provide temporary hazard marking and lighting to prevent aircraft from taxiing onto a closed runway for takeoff and to identify open manholes, small areas under repair, stockpiled material, and waste areas. Also consider less obvious construction -related hazards and include markings to identify FAA, airport, and National Weather Service facilities cables and power lines; instrument landing system (ILS) cntical areas; airport surfaces, such as RSA, OFA, and OFZ; and other sensitive areas to make it easier for contractor personnel to avoid these areas. The construction specifications must include a provision requiring the contractor to have a person on call 24 hours a day for emergency maintenance of airport hazard lighting and barricades. The contractor must file the contact person's information with the airport. a. Nonmovement areas. Indicate construction locations on nonmovement areas in which no part of an aircraft may enter by using barricades that are marked with diagonal, alternating orange and white stripes. Barricades may be supplemented with alternating 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E orange and white flags at least 20 by 20 inches (50 by 50 cm) square and made and installed so they are always m an extended position, properly oriented, and securely fastened to eliminate jet engine ingestion. Such barricades may be many different shapes and made from various materials, including railroad ties, sawhorses, jersey bamers, or barrels. During reduced visibility or night hours, supplement the barricades with red lights, either flashing or steady -burning, which should meet the luminance requirements of the State Highway Department (yellow lights are not acceptable after October 1, 2004). The intensity of the lights and spacing for bamcade flags and lights must adequately and without ambiguity delineate the hazardous area. b. Movement areas. Use orange traffic cones; red lights, either flashing or steady -burning, which should meet the luminance requirements of the State Highway Department (yellow lights are not acceptable after October 1, 2004); collapsible barricades marked with diagonal, alternating orange and white stripes; and/or signs to separate all construction/maintenance areas from the movement area. All barricades, temporary markers, and other objects placed and left in safety areas associated with any open runway, taxiway, or taxilane must be as low as possible to the ground; of low mass; easily collapsible upon contact with an aircraft or any of its components; and weighted or sturdily attached to the surface to prevent displacement from prop wash, jet blast, wing vortex, or other surface wind currents. If affixed to the surface, they must be frangible at grade level or as low as possible, but not to exceed 3 inches (7.6cm) above the ground. Do not use nonfrangible hazard markings, such as concrete bamers and/or metal -drum -type barricades, in aircraft movement areas. Do not use railroad ties on runways. Use highly reflective barriers with flashing or steady - burning red lights to barricade taxiways leading to closed runways. Evaluate all operating factors when determining how to mark temporary closures that can last from 10 to 15 minutes to a much longer period of time. However, we strongly recommend that, even for closures of relatively short duration, major taxiway/runway intersections be identified with barricades spaced no greater than 20 feet (6m) apart. Mark the barricades with a flashing or steady -burning red light. At a minimum, use a single barricade placed on the taxiway centerlme. 3-10. CONSTRUCTION NEAR NAVIGATIONAL AIDS (NAVAIDS). Construction activities, materials/equipment storage, and vehicle parking near electronic NAVAIDs require special consideration since they may interfere with signals essential to air navigation. Evaluate the effect of construction activity and the required distance and direction from the NAVAID for each construction project. Pay particular attention to stockpiling material, as well as to movement and parking of equipment that may interfere with line of sight from the ATCT or with electronic emissions. Interference from construction may require NAVAID shutdown or adjustment of instrument approach minimums for IFR. This condition requires that a NOTAM be filed. Construction activities and materials/equipment storage near a NAVAID may also obstruct access to the equipment and mstruments for maintenance. Before commencmg construction activity, parking vehicles, or storing construction equipment and materials near a NAVAID, consult with the nearest FAA Airway Facilities Office. 3-11. CONSTRUCTION SITE ACCESS AND HAUL ROADS. Determine the construction contractor's access to the construction sites and haul roads. Do not permit the construction contractor to use any access or haul roads other than those approved. Construction contractors must submit specific proposed routes associated with construction activities to the airport operator for evaluation and approval as part of the safety plan before beginning construction activities. These proposed routes must also provide specifications to prevent inadvertent entry to movement areas. Pay special attention to ensure that ARFF right of way on access and haul roads is not impeded at any time and that construction traffic on haul roads does not interfere with NAVAIDs or approach surfaces of operational runways. 3-12. CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL STOCKPILING. Stockpiled matenals and equipment storage are not permitted within the RSA and OFZ of an operational runway. The airport operator must ensure that stockpiled materials and equipment adjacent to these areas are prommently marked and lighted during hours of restricted visibility or darkness. This includes determinmg and verifying that matenals are stored at an approved location to prevent foreign object damage and attraction of wildlife. 3-13. OTHER LIMITATIONS ON CONSTRUCTION. Contractors may not use open -flame welding or torches unless adequate fire safety precautions are provided and the airport operator has approved their use. Under no circumstances should flare pots be used within the AOA at any time. The use of electrical blasting caps must not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet (300m) of the airport property (see AC 150/5370-10, Standards for Spec5ing Construction of Airports). 11 AC 150/5370-2E 1/17/03 3-14. FOREIGN OBJECT DEBRIS (FOD) MANAGEMENT. Waste and loose materials, commonly referred to as FOD, are capable of causing damage to aircraft landing gears, propellers, and jet engines. Construction contractors must 3- 1J. OVERVIEW. ' _I 11J. YY . Section 4. not leave or place FOD on or near active aircraft movement areas. Materials tracked onto these areas must be continuously removed during the construction project. We also recommend that airport operators and construction contractors carefully control and contmuously remove waste or loose materials that might attract wildlife. Safety Hazards and Impacts The situations identified below are potentially hazardous conditions that may occur during airport construction projects. Safety area encroachments, unauthorized and improper ground vehicle operations, and unmarked or uncovered holes and trenches near aircraft operating surfaces pose the most prevalent threats to airport operational safety during airport construction projects. Airport operators and contractors should consider the following when performing inspections of construction activity: a. Excavation adjacent to runways, taxiways, and aprons. b. Mounds of earth, construction materials, temporary structures, and other obstacles near any open runway, taxiway, or taxilane; in the related object -free area and aircraft approach or departure areas/zones; or obstructing any sign or marking. c. Runway resurfacing projects resulting in lips exceeding 3 inches (7.6cm) from pavement edges and ends. d. Heavy equipment (stationary or mobile) operating or idle near AOAs, in runway approaches and departures areas, or in OFZs. e. Equipment or material near NAVAIDs that may degrade or impair radiated signals and/or the monitoring of navigational and visual aids. Unauthorized or improper vehicle operations in localizer or glide slope critical areas, resulting in electronic interference and/or facility shutdown. f T..11 .....,1 .. ,.n......1..F.....1.. 1,..... sibility ....:a.. 1. 1011 and. Gsilecia11y LG1a L1 V Gly low -visibility iJ1V111Ly U1ULJ (i.e., equipment with slim profiles)—cranes, drills, and similar objects—located in critical areas, such as OFZs and approach zones. g. Improperly positioned or malfunctioning lights or unlighted airport hazards, such as holes or excavations, on any apron, open taxiway, or open taxilane or m a related safety, approach, or departure area. h. Obstacles, loose pavement, trash, and other debris on or near AOAs. Construction debns (gravel, 12 sand, mud, paving materials, etc.) on airport pavements may result in aircraft propeller, turbine engine, or tire damage. Also, loose materials may blow about, potentially causing personal injury or equipment damage. i. Inappropriate or poorly maintained fencing during construction intended to deter human and animal intrusions into the AOA. Fencing and other markings that are inadequate to separate construction areas from open AOAs create aviation hazards. j. Improper or inadequate marking or lighting of runways (especially thresholds that have been displaced or runways that have been closed) and taxiways that could cause pilot confusion and provide a potential for a runway incursion. Inadequate or improper methods of marking, barricading, and lighting of temporarily closed portions of AOAs create aviation hazards. k. Wildlife attractants—such as trash (food scraps not collected from construction personnel activity), grass seeds, or ponded water—on or near airports. I. Obliterated or faded markings on active operational areas. m. Misleading or malfunctioning obstruction lights. Unlighted or unmarked obstructions in the approach to any open runway pose aviation hazards. n. Failure to issue, update, or cancel NOTAMs about airport or runway closures or other construction -related airport conditions. o. Failure to mark and identify utilities or power cables. Damage to utilities and power cables during construction activity can result in the loss of 1uawa /taxiw[L lightingloss 01 11navigational, Visual o1 approach aids; disruption of weather reporting services; and/or loss of communications. p. Restrictions on ARFF access from fire stations to the runway -taxiway system or airport buildings. q. Lack of radio communications with construction vehicles in airport movement areas. r. Objects, regardless of whether they are marked or flagged, or activities anywhere on or near an airport 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E that could be distracting, confusing, or alarming to pilots during aircraft operations. s. Water, snow, dirt, debris, or other contaminants that temporarily obscure or derogate the visibility of runway/taxiway marking, lighting, and pavement edges. Any condition or factor that obscures or diminishes the visibility of areas under construction. t. Spillage from vehicles (gasoline, diesel fuel, oil, etc.) on active pavement areas, such as runways, taxiways, ramps, and airport roadways. u. Failure to maintain drainage system integnty during construction (e.g., no temporary drainage provided when working on a drainage system). v. Failure to provide for proper electrical lockout and tagging procedures. At larger airports with multiple maintenance shifts/workers, construction contractors should make provisions for coordinating work on circuits. w. Failure to control dust. Consider limiting the amount of area from which the contractor is allowed to strip turf. x. Exposed wiring that creates an electrocution or fire ignition hazard. Identify and secure winng, and place it in conduit or bury it. y. Site burning, which can cause possible obscuration. z. Construction work taking place outside of designated work areas and out of phase. 13 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E APPENDIX 1. RELATED READING MATERIAL 1. Obtam the latest version of the following free publications from the FAA on its Web site at http://www.faa.gov/arp/. In addition, these ACs are available by contacting the U.S. Department of Transportation, Subsequent Distribution Office, SVC - 121.23, Ardmore East Business Center, 3341 Q 75th Avenue, Landover, MD 20785. a. AC 150/5200-28, Notices to Airmen (NOTAM) for Airport Operators. Provides guidance for the use of the NOTAM System in airport reporting. b. AC 150/5200-30, Airport Winter Safety and Operations. Provides guidance to airport owners/operators on the development of an acceptable airport snow and ice control program and on appropriate field condition reporting procedures. c. AC 150/5200-33, Hazardous Wildlife Attractants On or Near Airports. Provides guidance on locating certain land uses having the potential to attract hazardous wildlife to public -use airports. d. AC 150/5210-5, Painting, Marking, and Lighting of Vehicles Used on an Airport. Provides guidance, specifications, and standards for painting, marking, and lighting vehicles operating in the airport air operations areas. e. AC 150/5220-4, Water Supply Systems for Aircraft Fire and Rescue Protection. Provides guidance for the selection of a water source and standards for the design of a distribution system to support aircraft rescue and fire fighting service operations on airports. f. AC 150/5340-1, Standards for Airport Markings. Contains FAA standards for markings used on airport runways, taxiways, and aprons. g. AC 150/5340-14B, Economy Approach Lighting Aids. Describes standards for the design, selection, siting, and maintenance of economy approach lighting aids. h. AC 150/5340-18, Standards for Airport Sign Systems. Contains FAA standards for the siting and installation of signs on airport runways and taxiways. i. AC 150/5345-28, Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) Systems. Contains the FAA standards for PAPI systems, which provide pilots with visual glide slope guidance during approach for landing. j. AC 150/5380-5, Debris Hazards at Civil Airports Discusses problems at airports, gives information on foreign objects, and explains how to eliminate such objects from operational areas. k. AC 70/7460-2, Proposed Construction or Alteration of Objects that May Affect the Navigable Airspace. Provides information to persons proposing to erect or alter an object that may affect navigable airspace and explains the need to notify the FAA before construction begins and the FAA's response to those notices, as required by 14 CFR part 77. 2. Obtain copies of the following publications from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. Send a check or money order made payable to the Superintendent of Documents in the amount stated with your request. The Government Printing Office does not accept C.O.D. orders. In addition, the FAA makes these ACs available at no charge on the Web site at http://www.faa.gov/arp/. a. AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design. Contains FAA standards and recommendations for airport design, establishes approach visibility minimums as an airport design parameter, and contains the object -free area and the obstacle free -zone criteria. ($26. Supt. Docs.) SNO50-007-01208-0. b. AC 150/5370-10, Standards for Specking Construction of Airports. Provides standards for construction of airports. Items covered include earthwork, drainage, paving, turfing, lighting, and incidental construction. ($18. Supt. Docs.) SNO50-007- 0821-0. A-1 AC 150/5370-2E 1/17/03 APPENDIX 2. DEFINITIONS OF TERMS USED IN THE AC 1. AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA). Any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the landing, takeoff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operations area includes such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movement of aircraft in addition to its associated runways, taxiways, or aprons. 2. CONSTRUCTION. The presence and movement of construction -related personnel, equipment, and materials in any location that could infringe upon the movement of aircraft. 3. CERTIFICATED AIRPORT. An airport that has been issued an Airport Operating Certificate by the FAA under the authority of 14 CFR part 139, Certification and Operation: Land Airports Serving Certain Air Carriers, or its subsequent revisions. 4. FAA FORM 7460-1, NOTICE OF PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OR ALTERATION. The form submitted to the FAA Regional Air Traffic or Airports Division Office as formal written notification of any kind of construction or alteration of objects that affect navigable airspace, as defined in 14 CFR part 77, Objects Affecting Navigable Airspace (see AC 70/7460-2, Proposed Construction or Alteration of Objects that May Affect the Navigable Airspace, found at http://www.faa.gov/arp/). 5. FAA FORM 7480-1, NOTICE OF LANDING AREA PROPOSAL. Form submitted to the FAA Airports Regional Division Office or Airports District Office as formal written notification whenever a project without an airport layout plan on file with the FAA involves the construction of a new airport; the construction, realigning, altering, activating, or abandoning of a runway, landing strip, or associated taxiway; or the deactivation or abandoning of an entire airport (found at http://www.faa.gov/arp/). 6. MOVEMENT AREA. The runways, taxiways, and other areas of an airport that are used for taxiing or hover taxiing, air taxiing, takeoff, and landing of aircraft, exclusive of loadmg ramps and aircraft parking areas (reference 14 CFR part 139). 7. OBSTRUCTION. Any object/obstacle exceeding the obstruction standards specified by 14 CFR part 77, subpart C. A-2 8. OBJECT -FREE AREA (OFA). An area on the ground centered on the runway, taxiway, or taxilane centerline provided to enhance safety of aircraft operations by having the area free of objects except for those objects that need to be located in the OFA for air navigation or aircraft ground maneuvering purposes (see AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design, for additional guidance OFA J 1 Oristandards and wingtip clearance criteria). 9. OBSTACLE -FREE ZONE (OFZ). The airspace below 1.50 feet (45m) above the established airport elevation and along the runway and extended runway centerline that is required to be clear of all objects, except for frangible visual NAVAIDs that need to be located in the OFZ because of their function, in order to provide clearance protection for aircraft landing or taking off from the runway and for missed approaches (refer to AC 150/5300-13 for guidance on OFZs). 10. RUNWAY SAFETY AREA (RSA). A defined surface surrounding the runway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to airplanes in the event of an undershoot, overshoot, or excursion from the runway, in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. 11. TAXIWAY SAFETY AREA. A defined surface alongside the taxiway prepared or suitable for reducing the risk of damage to an airplane unintentionally departing the taxiway, in accordance with AC 150/5300- 13. 12. THRESHOLD. The beginning of that portion of the runway available for landing. In some instances, the landing threshold may be displaced. 13. DISPLACED THRESHOLD. The portion of pavement behind a displaced threshold that may be available for takeoffs in either direction or landing from the opposite direction. 14. VISUAL GLIDE SLOPE INDICATOR (VGSI). This device provides a visual glide slope indicator to landing pilots. These systems include precision approach path indicators (PAPIs), visual approach slope indicators (VASIs),[[and pulse light approach slope indicators (PLASIs). 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E APPENDIX 3. AIRPORT CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLANNING GUIDE Aviation Safety Requirements During Construction PURPOSE. This appendix provides airport operators with boilerplate format and language for developing a safety plan for an airport construction project. Adapt this appendix, as applicable, to specific conditions found on the airport for which the plan is being developed. Consider including a copy of this safety plan in the construction drawings for easy access by contractor personnel. Plans should contain the following: 1. GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. Throughout the construction project, the following safety and operational practices should be observed: • Operational safety should be a standing agenda item during progress meetings throughout the construction project. • The contractor and airport operator must perform onsite inspections throughout the project, with immediate remedy of any deficiencies, whether caused by negligence, oversight, or project scope change. • Airport runways and taxiways should remain in use by aircraft to the maximum extent possible. • Aircraft use of areas near the contractor's work should be controlled to minimize disturbance to the contractor's operation. • Contractor, subcontractor, and supplier employees or any unauthorized persons must be restricted from entering an airport area that would be hazardous. • Construction that is within the safety area of an active runway, taxiway, or apron that is performed under normal operational conditions must be performed when the runway, taxiway, or apron is closed or use -restricted and initiated only with prior permission from the airport operator. • The contracting officer, airport operator, or other designated airport representative may order the contractor to suspend operations; move personnel, equipment, and materials to a safe location; and stand by until aircraft use is completed. 2. CONSTRUCTION MAINTENANCE AND FACILITIES MAINTENANCE. Before beginning any construction activity, the contractor must, through the airport operator, give notice [using the Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) System] of proposed location, time, and date of commencement of construction. Upon completion of work and return of all such areas to standard conditions, the contractor must, through the airport operator, verify the cancellation of all notices issued via the NOTAM System. Throughout the duration of the construction project, the contractor must— a. Be aware of and understand the safety problems and hazards described in AC 150/5370-2, Operational Safety on Airports During Construction. b. Conduct activities so as not to violate any safety standards contained in AC 150/5370-2 or any of the references therein. c. Inspect all construction and storage areas as often as necessary to be aware of conditions. d. Promptly take all actions necessary to prevent or remedy any unsafe or potentially unsafe conditions as soon as they are discovered. 3. APPROACH CLEARANCE TO RUNWAYS. Runway thresholds must provide an unobstructed approach surface over equipment and materials. (Refer to Appendix 2 in AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design, for guidance m this area.) 4. RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY SAFETY AREA (RSA AND TSA). Limit construction to outside of the approved RSA, as shown on the approved airport layout plan—unless the runway is closed or restricted to aircraft operations, requiring a lesser standard RSA that is equal to the RSA available during construction (see AC 150/5370-2 for exceptions). Construction activity within the TSA is permissible when the taxiway is open to aircraft traffic if adequate wingtip clearance exists between the aircraft and equipment/material; evacuations, trenches, or other conditions are conspicuously marked and lighted; and local NOTAMs are in effect for the activity (see AC 150/5300-13 for wingtip clearance requirements). The NOTAM should state that, "personnel and equipment are working adjacent to Taxiway ." a. Procedures for protecting runway edges. • Limit construction to no closer than 200 feet (60m) from the runway centerline—unless the runway is closed or restricted to aircraft operations, requiring a lesser standard RSA A-3 AC 150/5370-2E 1/17/03 that is equal to the RSA available dunng construction. • Prevent personnel, material, and/or equipment, as defined m AC 150/5300-13, Paragraph 306, "Obstacle Free Zone (OFZ)," from penetrating the OFZ. • Coordinate construction activity with the Airport Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) and FAA Regional Airports Division Office or Airports District Office, and through the airport operator, issue an appropriate NOTAM. Complete the following chart to determine the area that must be protected along the runway edges Runway Aircraft Approach Category* __ '.A,.13,C, or D .Airplane •Design Group*_ 1,:11,111, or iV RSA Width in. Feet Divided by 2* it i i 1 *See AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design, to complete the chart for a specific runway. b. Procedures for protecting runway ends. • Maintain the RSA from the runway threshold to a point at least the distance from the runway threshold as existed before construction activity—unless the runway is closed or restricted to aircraft operations, requiring an RSA that is equal to the RSA length available during construction in accordance with AC 150/5300-13. This may involve the use of declared distances and partial runway closures (see AC 150/5370-2 for exceptions). • Ensure all personnel, matenals, and/or equipment are clear of the applicable threshold siting criteria surface, as defined in Appendix 2, "Threshold Siting Requirements," of AC 150/5300-13. A-4 • Prevent personnel, matenal, and/or equipment, as defined in AC 150/5300-13, from penetrating the obstacle -free zone. • Ensure adequate distance for blast protection is provided, as needed. • Coordinate construction activity with the ATCT and FAA Regional Airports Division Office or Airports District Office, and through the airport operator, issue an appropriate NOTAM. • Provide a drawing showing the profile of the appropriate surfaces of each runway end where construction will take place. Where operations by turbojet aircraft are anticipated, review takeoff procedures and jet blast characteristics of aircraft and incorporate safety measures for construction workers m the contract documents. 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E Complete the following chart to determine the area that must be protected before the runway threshold: Runway End Number Airplane Design Group* I,ROIL orIV Aircraft Approach - - Category' A,B,'C,.orD - Minimum Safety Area Prior to the Threshold* Minimum Unobstructed Approach Slope : FEET : 1 to (threshold) : FEET : 1 to (threshold) : FEET : 1 to (threshold) : FEET : 1 to (threshold) *See AC 150/5300-13, Airport Design, to complete the chart for a specific runway. 5. MARKING AND LIGHTING FOR TEMPORARY THRESHOLDS. Marking and lighting for a temporary threshold is /is not required. The airport owner or contractor, as specified in the contract, will furnish and maintain markings for temporary thresholds. Precision approach path indicators (PAPIs) or runway end identification lights (REIL) are /are not required. The airport owner or contractor, as specified in the contract, will furnish and install all temporary lighting. Include appropriate items per AC 150/5370-2, Chapter 3, "Safety Standards and Guidelines." If marking and lighting for the temporary threshold is not required, delete this section of the safety plan. If visual aids and/or markings are necessary, provide details. (Include applicable 14 CFR part 77 surfaces in the contract documents ) 6. CLOSED RUNWAY MARKINGS AND LIGHTING. The following must be specified for closed runways. Closed runway marking are /are not required. Closed runway markings will be as shown on the plans /as furnished by the airport owner /other (specify). Barricades, flagging, and flashers are /are not required at Taxiway and Runway and will be supplied by the airport /other (specify). 7. HAZARDOUS AREA MARKING AND LIGHTING. Hazardous areas on the movement area will be marked with barricades, traffic cones, flags, or flashers (specify). These markings restrict access and make hazards obvious to aircraft, personnel, and vehicles. During periods of low visibility and at night, identify hazardous areas with red flashing or steady -burning lights (specify). The hazardous area marking and lighting will be supplied by the airport operator/contractor, as specified in the contract, and will be depicted on the plans. 8. TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND MARKING. Airport markings, lighting, and/or signs will be altered in the followmg manner (specify) during the period from to . The alterations are depicted on the plans. 9. VEHICLE OPERATION MARKING AND CONTROL. Include the following provisions in the construction contract, and address them in the safety plans: a. When any vehicle, other than one that has prior approval from the airport operator, must travel over any portion of an aircraft movement area, it will be escorted and properly identified. To operate in those areas during daylight hours, the vehicle must have a flag or beacon attached to it. Any vehicle operating on the movement areas durmg hours of darkness or reduced visibility must be equipped with a flashing dome -type light, the color of which is in accordance with local or state codes. b. It may be desirable to clearly identify the vehicles for control purposes by either assigned mitrals or numbers that are prominently displayed on each side of the vehicle. The identification symbols should be at minimum 8 -inch (20 -cm) block -type characters of a contrasting color and easy to read. They may be applied either by usmg tape or a water-soluble paint to facilitate removal. Magnetic signs are also acceptable. In addition, vehicles must display identification media, as specified m the approved security plan. (This section should be revised to conform to the airport operator's requirements ) A-5 AC 150/5370-2F 1/17/03 c. Employee parking shall be (specify location), as designated by the airport manager project engineer /other (specify). d. Access to the job site shall be via (specify route), as shown on the plans /designated by the engineer /designated by the superintendent /designated by the airport manager /other (specify). e. At 14 CFR part 139 certificated and towered airports, all vehicle operators having access to the movement area must be familiar with airport procedures for the operation of ground vehicles and the consequences of noncompliance. f. If the airport is certificated and/or has a security plan, the airport operator should check for guidance on the additional identif cation and control of construction equipment. 10. NAVIGATIONAL AIDS. The contractor must not conduct any cons ruction activity within navigational aid restricted areas without pnor approval from the local FAA Airway Facilities sector representative. Navigational aids include instrument landing system components and very high -frequency omnidirectional range, airport surveillance radar. Such restricted areas are depicted on construction plans. 11. LIMITATIONS ON CONSTRUCTION. Additional limitations on construction include— a. Prohibiting open -flame welding or torch cutting operations unless adequate fire safety precautions are provided and these operations have been authorized by the airport operator (as tailored to conform to local requirements and restrictions). A-6 b. Prominently marking open trenches, excavations, and stockpiled materials at the construction and lighting these obstacles during hours of restricted visibility and darkness. c. Marking and lighting closed, deceptive, and hazardous areas on airports, as appropriate. d. Constraining stockpiled material to prevent its movement as a result of the maximum anticipated aircraft blast and forecast wind conditions. 12. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS. Vehicular traffic located in or crossing an active movement area must have a working two-way radio in contact with the control tower or be escorted by a person in radio contact with the tower. The driver, through personal observation, should confirm that no aircraft is approaching the vehicle position. Construction personnel may operate in a movement area without two-way radio communication provided a NOTAM is issued closing the area and the area is properly marked to prevent incursions. Two-way radio communications are /are not required between contractors and the Airport Traffic Control Tower /FAA Flight Service Station /Airport Aeronautical Advisory Stations (UNICOM/CTAF) . Radio contact is /is not required between the hours of and Continuous monitoring is required /or is required only when equipment movement is necessary in certain areas . (This section may be tailored to suit the specific vehicle and safety requirements of the airport sponsor.) 13. DEBRIS. Waste and loose material must not be placed in active movement areas. Matenals tracked onto these areas must be removed conitinuousiyg the work project. duiin 1/17/03 AC 150/5370-2E APPENDIX 4. SAMPLE NOTAM AIRPORT FAA NOTAM # DATE: AIRPORT I.D. # TIME: NOTAM TEXT: NOTIFICATON: # # # # TOWER ####FSS PHONE # INITIALS TIME CALLED IN BY PHONE # INITIALS TIME AIRLINES CANCELLED: NOTIFICATON: # # # # TOWER ####FSS CALLED IN BY PHONE # INITIALS TIME CALLED IN BY PHONE # INITIALS TIME CALLED IN BY AIRLINES A-7 This OPERATIONS PLAN - CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN shall be considered as a part of the Proposal, Contract and Specifications as follows: REFERENCE MATERIALS: Guidance in the Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular 150/5370-2E, Operational Safety On Airports During Construction shall be adhered to at all times. The Advisory Circular shall become a part of the contract documents. SAFETY AND SECURITY NOTICE: The Yakima Air Terminal is operated in strict compliance with Federal Regulations, specifically 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 1542, Airport Security, and 14 Code of Federal Regulations Part 139, Airport Safety both of which prohibits unauthorized persons, vehicles or equipment in the Aircraft Operations Area (AOA). Personnel found in violation of the Special Safety and Security Conditions, Rules and Regulations of the Yakima Air Terminal, or guidance as otherwise contained in the Contract Documents will be removed from airport grounds. Additional, anyone violating the rules and regulations will be subject to arrest and other penalties imposed by the FAA, FBI, TSA and/or the Yakima Air Terminal. LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS: The Contractor shall control his/her operations and the operations of his/her subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS AREAS (AOA) of the airport. The Aircraft Operations Area is considered everything within the airport's perimeter security fence. The work anticipated in this project will require the contractor to conduct his/her operations within the Air Operations Area (AOA), specifically, in the approach area of Runway 22 and adjacent to "B" Taxiway. No personnel or equipment may enter the threshold area, taxiway, taxiway safety area (which extends 59 feet on either side of the taxiway centerline), or the taxiway object free area (OFA) (which extends 93 feet on either side of the taxiway centerline) unless permission has been obtained from Airport Management, and then only with proper Air Traffic Control Tower (ATCT) approval. The Contractor shall assign one person the exclusive task of coordinating the Contractor's activities on the airfield with the Engineer, Airport Personnel, and the Air Traffic Control Tower. This person shall be responsible for warning all contractor employees of approaching aircraft and gaining ATCT approval for personnel, vehicle and equipment movements on the taxiway, safety area, approach area or OFA. This person shall also have the responsibility of informing and coordinating the Contractor's schedule with the Engineer and Airport Management. Work within the AOA shall be coordinated with airport management (through the Engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. ACCESS CONTROL - SECURITY: No gates or other access points providing direct access to the Aircraft Operations Area shall be left open and unattended at any time. 1 The Contractor shall stage a traffic control person at the Cub Crafters gate to monitor vehicles entering the AOA. This person shall coordinate vehicle movements with the Contractors designated person before letting any vehicle enter the AOA (except for airport and FAA vehicles). This person shall also guard against any unauthorized vehicles and/or persons from entering the AOA. Airport personnel will give the traffic control person specific instructions on access control. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER INSTRUCTIONS: Any instruction received from the air traffic control tower shall be immediately obeyed. Prior to entering the approach area, taxiway or it's safety area or OFA, the Contractor is required to obtain ATCT approval. There will be no exception to this requirement. STAGING A EAS, STOCKPILING OF MATERJAL.S• The contractor will 11e prohibited from staging equipment and stockpiling materials within the zones specified above. Staging areas will be as designated on the plan sheets or as otherwise agreed to by the Engineer and Airport Personnel. All equipment and vehicles will be removed from the AOA and parked in the staging area at the end of each work day. Haul routes and staging areas as outlined on the plan sheets shall be strictly adhered to. NOTICE TO AIRMEN (NOTAM): Airport management shall be responsible for issuing and canceling construction NOTAMs. The contractor and engineer shall give airport management a work schedule prior to the beginning of construction, and, be immediately notified by either the contractor or engineer of any changes to the schedule. AIRPORT TO REMAIN OPEN AT ALL TIMES: Construction shall be carried out in a manner as not to disrupt standard procedures for aeronautical activities. All areas of the Air Operations Area shall remain open at all times for aircraft operations. In no event shall the contractor conduct his/her operations in a manner to endanger aircraft operations. AIRCRAFT EMERGENCIES: At any time, for aircraft emergency operations, at the request of the Air Traffic Control Tower, the Engineer, or Airport Personnel, the contractor shall cease operations and vacate the work area. No additional standby times will be granted or paid for this item. OBSTRUCTION STANDARDS: Whenever the contractor is required to utilize equipment in excess of 15 feet in height, airport management and the Federal Contract Tower shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance of such activity. No equipment in excess of 15 feet in height will be used during periods of darkness. SITE RESTORATION: Following completion of construction, all haul routes and staging areas must be restored by the contractor to equal or better conditions that exists at the beginning of construction. This restoration work may include cleaning, sweeping, paving or graveling, fence repair and seeding as nPrPCCary, All restoration work shall be considered incidental to the other work items and no additional "— compensation will be made to the contractor. 2 4` , ENVIRONMENTALLY CLEAN: The work area and staging area(s) shall be kept environmentally clean during construction. This includes keeping the area clean of debris, oil spills, fuel spills and other undesirable elements. Any hazardous or regulated waste material produced by the contractor must be properly disposed of at the contractors expense. SANITARY FACILITIES: Sanitary facilities shall be provided at appropriate locations for the contractor's employees. Airport facilities are not to be used. AIRCRAFT NOISE: The contractor will be working in an active approach area in which jet takeoff noise can be as high as 120 decibels. Contractor shall comply with industry standards for hearing protection when working within these areas. DUST AND DEBRIS: The airport environment requires a high degree of care to control dust and debris. The contractor shall be aware that the area is subject to jet blasts which are equivalent to wind velocities of 90 miles per hour or greater. Blowing dust and debris can also impair the pilots visibility and can cause damage to aircraft engines. Therefore, constant dust and debris control measures will be required to prevent loose materials from blowing across the airfield. EQUIPMENT MARKING AND LIGHTING: All construction equipment and vehicles in the AOA shall be marked and lighted (amber rotating beacon or strobe). Construction personnel's personal vehicles shall be parked outside the AOA in the designated staging areas. FENCING AND SECURITY: The contractor will be responsible for maintaining site security during the entire term of the contract. All fencing around the contractors work area, staging area and haul routes shall be maintained in a condition equal to or better than existing conditions at the start of construction. Any damage to existing fences or gates shall be repaired immediately. The Contractor shall be responsible for installing barricades around the work area to prevent his/her employees from entering the taxiway safety area or other areas that are off limits to the Contractor. AIRPORT LIGHTING EQUIPMENT: The Contractor shall take extra precautions to protect the airport lighting equipment from damage. Any damage shall be reported immediately to the Engineer and Airport Maintenance Personnel. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacement of damage fixtures, conduits and cables. ELECTRICAL SAFETY: The Contractor is advised that the airport's taxiway lighting system is fed from a 2,400 volt Constant Current Regulator. This voltage can cause serious injure and/or death if a person comes into contact with it. PERMIT TO OPERATE VEHICLES ON THE AIRPORT: Airport regulations require that all persons operating vehicles on the airport obtain a Permit to Operate Ground Vehicles. The Contractor's supervisory and traffic control personnel will be required to obtain a Permit to Operate Ground Vehicles. This consists of reading information and regulatory materials then 3 filling out a test form. The Contractor's supervisory and traffic control personnel shall then be responsible for escorting other vehicles while on airport grounds. Drivers of vehicles who do not have a permit may be escorted by a driver with a permit. For example, a material suppliers vehicle driven by a person without a permit may be escorted to and from the construction site within the AOA by a contractor supplied escort vehicle of which the driver has a valid permit. Maximum convoy length shall not exceed three vehicles plus the escort vehicle. The non -permit persons shall be in the immediate control of the escort and the escort must get proper clearance form ATCT prior to entering or moving about in the AOA. OPERATIONS SEQUENCE: Daily operations shall be carried out in the following manner. This list is not inclusive and will be adjusted as conditions warrant. 1. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall give the Engineer and Airport Administration a detailed work schedule. The Contractor shall also provide their traffic control plan and safety plan prior to construction. L.Selected Contractor's personnel Snail obtain vehicle operating permits and receive specific instructions on operations and access. 3. Contractor shall be supplied with a security code to the Cub Crafters gate. The security code is for the Contractors use only. It is a violation of local and Federal law to disseminate the security code to unauthorized personnel. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the site secure. 4. At the beginning of each work day, the Contractor's traffic control person shall station him/her self at the Cub Crafters gate prior to any contractor's personnel or equipment entering the AOA. This person shall be responsible for controlling access to authorized persons and coordinating contractors equipment movements with the Contractor's representative. 5. Contractor's designated representative shall coordinate construction activities and equipment movements with the Engineer, Airport and ATCT. He/she must obtain ATCT approval before entering the AOA. The airport will loan to the Contractor one hand held portable radio for communications with the ATCT. The radio shall be returned to the airport at the completion of construction. If not returned, the Contractor will be charged for the purchase of a replacement radio. 6. During the work day, the Contractor's personnel shall be vigilant to their surroundings: They shall watch for any aircraft movements which may conflict with their work or equipment movements; watch for any potential dust or debris that could blow around or be ingested into an aircraft engine; be prepared to don hearing protection when necessary; to seek advice and guidance from the Engineer or Airport Personnel whenever there is an operational question; and, 4 to advise the Engineer and Airport Personnel of any safety hazards noted. 7. At the end of each work day, the contractor shall; Assure that there are no open trenches or drop offs in the approach area or taxiway safety area that are in excess of 3"; that all equipment is moved from the approach and safety area into the staging area; that the taxiway lighting system is operational; that the taxiways and roadways utilized as haul routes are swept clean; and, that all equipment and personnel are clear of the AOA. 8. The Contractor's traffic control person shall assure that all of the Contractor's personnel and equipment have exited the AOA before securing the gate for the evening. 5 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into in triplicate, this �• day of ..-0. , 2005, by and between the City of Yakima, hereinafter called the Owner, and Muffett & Sons Construction, L.L.C. a Washington Corporation, hereinafter called the Contractor. WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: I. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, labor and equipment for THE BID AMOUNT OF: $61,959.11, for Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer, City Project No. 2113, all in accordance with, and as described in the attached plans and specifications and the 200%Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction which are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this contract and every part thereof. Work shall start within ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed and shall be completed in Twenty-five (25) working days. The first chargeable working day shall be the 11th working day after the date on which the City issues the Notice to Proceed. If said work is not completed within the time specified, the Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner the sum specified in the Standard Specifications for each and every day said work remains uncompleted after expiration of the specified time, as liquidated damages. The Contractors shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this contract and every part thereof, except such as are mentioned in the specifications to be furnished by the City of Yakima. II The City of Yakima hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the attached plans and specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices hereto attached, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this contract. III. The Contractor for himself, and for his heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all the covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor. IV. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City of Yakima by reason of entering into this contract, except as expressly provided herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed the day and year first herein above written. Countersigned: CITY OF YAKIMA this day of 2005. City a ager Attest: City Clerk IK I'ft�i 1,,vxf a.�'ti CONTRACTOR tiuFf&r''r4 Sant'; , a c:...L(L Gerporation Contractor By: i ' ✓L Ili v{ y�f/ Itscr=v,�a✓ (Print Name) resident, Owner, etc.) Address: :: 'S 1 iU G PERFORMANCE BOND BOND TO CITY OF YAKIMA KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, MUFFETT & SONS CONSTRUCTION LLC BOND #FB4357 a WASHINGTON Corporation as Principal and CONTRACTORS BONDING & INSURANCE CO. a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of WASHINGTON as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF YAKIMA in the penal sum of $ 61, 959.11 for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinances of the CITY OF YAKIMA. DATED at Yakima, Washington, this 27 day of MAY ,20 05 Never -the -less, the conditions of the above obligations are such that: WHEREAS, pursuant to action taken by the Yakima City Council on , 20 , the City Manager and City Clerk of the CITY OF YAKIMA has let or is about to let to the said MUFFETT & SONS CONSTRUCTION LLC the above bounded Principal, a certain contract, the said contract being numbered and providing for CUB CRAFTER SANITARY SEWER (which contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and, WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the said contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW THEREFORE, if the said MUFFETT & SONS CONSTRUCTION LLC shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, sub -contractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply said principal or sub -contractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any sub -contractor in the performance of said work and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the CITY OF YAKIMA, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. Approveds to form: (City Attorney) MUFFETT & SONS CONSTRUCTION LLC (Contractor) By: KP;Jdr\ «\u•V .[4 - (Print Name) Its: 0 (A.. ;nor (President, Owner, etc...) CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE COMPANY (S.urety) TRACI SULLIVAN (Print Name) Its: ATTORNEY—IN—FACT 83 • \ 'F XNsURANNC.E Not Valid for Bonds Executed On or After: Power of Attorney Number: 936593 4, RE'AD CAR FI ' LLY to i)e used fvgt fie bottd specified herein Only an unaltered original of this Power of Attorney document is valid. A valid original of this document is printed on gray security paper with black and red ink and bears the seal of Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company (the "Company"). The original documentcontains a. watermark with the letters "chic" embedded in the paper rather than printed upon it. The watermark appears in the blank space beneath the words "Limited Power of Attorney" at the top of the: document and is visible when the document is held to the light. This document is valid solely in connection with the execution and delivery of the bond bearing the number indicated below, and provided also that the bond is of the type indicated below. This document is valid only if the bond is executed on or before the date indicated above. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the Company does hereby make, constitute and appoint the following: DONALD W. EMERICK,JR., LISSA M. SHIVELY, TRACI SULLIVAN, SHELLEY BURNHAM, ANN LARIVIERE, SHARON CONDRON and ANNETTE HATTEN its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver on behalf of the Company: (1) any and all bonds and undertakings of suretyship given for any purpose, provided, however, that no such person shall be authorized to execute and deliver any bond or undertaking that shall obligate the Company for any portion of the penal sumthereof in excess of $10,000,000, and provided, further, that no Attorney -in -Pact shall have the authority to issue a bid or proposal bond for any project where, if a contract is awarded, any bond or undertaking would be required with penal sum in excess of $10,000,000; and (2) consents, releases and other similar documents required by. an obligee under a contract bonded by the Company. This appointment is made under theauthority of the Board of Directors of the Company. I, the undersigned secretary of Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, a Washington corporation, DO HEREBY 'CERTIFY that this Power of Attorney remains in full force and effect and has not been revoked, and, futherrnore, that the resolutions of the Board of Directors set forth on the reverse are now in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this / CBIC • 1213. Valley Street •. P O. Box 9271 • Seattle, WA 98109-0271 (206) 622-7053 s (800) 765-CBIC (Toll Free) • (800) 950-1558 (FAX) PoaLPOA.07-US051104 ACORDM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 05/27/20 ' TYPE OF INSURANCE PRODUCER (509)965-2090 FAX (509)966-3454 Conover Insurance, Inc. (Y) 125 N. 50th Ave. P.O. Box 10088 Yakima, WA 98909-1088 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERT FICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED Muffett & Sons Construction LLC 2516 Main Street Union Gap, WA 98903 INSURER A: American States Insurance Co. 19704 INSURER B: LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURER C: 05/11/2005 INSURER D: EACH OCCURRENCE INSURER E: 1,000,000 COVERAGE THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR ADD'L INSRQ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE (MM/DDIYYI POLICY EXPIRATION DATEJMMIDD/M LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 01CG51417900 05/11/2005 05/11/2006 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X DAMAGE TO RENTED$ PRFMISFS (Fa ernirence) 100,000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 X Stop Gap PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 n POLICY PC JECT n LOC A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS 01CG51417900 05/11/2005 05/11/2006 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 X BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY. AGG $ A EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY 01SU35481310 05/11/2005 05/11/2006 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ 10,000 $ $ X $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? If yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below WC STATU- OTH- TORY LIMITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS City of Yakima, its agents, employees, and elected or appointed officials are named as additional inusred's for project #2113, Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer per form CG8674 (10/02). CERTIFICATE HOLDER City of Yakima 129 N. 2nd Street Yakima, WA 98901 CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL KtfXXX MAIL 20 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, KIXIMIKICIANWAXAXX akiaNXIVRaft CMOO(IXX6XX1XiX�7rtVIMXIIXXXX (OCDWXdR6XMDiIMOOMI XXXXEMX IOMMIXdf>)4D XXXXXXXXXX AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE John Cockrell/TAMMYR ACORD 25 (2001/08) ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 SAFECO COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 86 74 10 02 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS LIABILITY PLUS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: 01CG5141791 DUTY TO DEFEND Paragraph a. of SECTION 1 — COVERAGE A and COVERAGE B is replaced by the following: a. We will pay those sums that the insured be- comes legally obligated to pay as damages because of "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal injury and advertising injury" to which this insurance applies. We will have the right and duty to defend the in- sured against any "suit" seeking those dam- ages. Our duty to defend begins once you notify us of a "suit" as described in SEC- TION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LI- ABILITY CONDITIONS, 2.b. However, we will have no duty to defend the insured against any "suit" seeking damages for "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal injury or advertising injury" to which this insurance does not apply. We may, at our discretion, investigate any "occurrence" and settle any claim or "suit" that may result. But: (1) The amount we will pay for damages is limited as described in SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE; and (2) Our right and duty to defend ends when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in the payment of judgments or settlements under COVERAGES A or B or medical expenses under COV- ERAGE C. No other obligation or liability to pay sums or perform acts or services is covered unless ex- plicitly provided for under SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B. EMPLOYERS LIABILITY The last paragraph of exclusion e. of SECTION 1 — COVERAGE A is replaced by the following: This exclusion does not apply to liability assumed by the insured under an "insured contract" ex- cept for that part of a contract or agreement that indemnifies any person or organization for their sole liability. CG 86 74 10 02 Page 1 of 5 ®A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation EP WRONGFUL EVICTION The following exclusion is added to SECTION I — COVERAGE B: The wrongful eviction from, wrongful entry into, or invasion of the right of private occupancy of a room, dwelling or premises arising out of any: (1) "property damage" to the room, dwell- ing or premises; or (2) "bodily injury" sustained through occu- pancy of a room, dwelling or premises. ADDITIONAL INSURED — BY WRITTEN CON- TRACT, AGREEMENT OR PERMIT, OR SCHED- ULE The following paragraph is added to SECTION H — WHO IS AN INSURED: 5. Any person or organization shown in the Sched- ule or for whom you are required by written con- tract, agreement or permit to provide insurance is an insured, subject to the following additional provisions: a. The contract, agreement or permit must be in effect during the policy period shown in the Declarations, and must have been exe- cuted prior to the "bodily injury," "property damage," "personal and advertising injury." b. The person or organization added as an in- sured by this endorsement is an insured only to the extent you are held liable due to: (1) The ownership, maintenance or use of that part of premises you own, rent, lease or occupy, subject to the following additional provisions: (a) This insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after you cease to be a tenant in any premises leased to or rented to you; (b) This insurance does not apply to any structural alterations, new con- struction or demolition operations performed by or on hehalf of the person or organization added as an insured; (2) Your ongoing operations for that in- sured, whether the work is performed by you or for you; Page 2 of 5 (3) The maintenance, operation or use by you of equipment leased to you by such person or organization, subject to the following additional provisions: (a) This insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires; (b) This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of such person or or- ganization; (4) Permits issued by any state or political subdivision with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf, subject to the following additional pro- vision: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury," "property damage," "personal anddadvertising jury" arising out of op- erations performed for the state or municipality; c. The insurance with respect to any architect, engineer, or surveyor added as an insured by this endorsement does not apply to 'bodily injury," "property damage," "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services by or for you, in- cluding: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change or- ders, designs or specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection or engineering services. d. This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products -completed operations haz- ard." N1 vuuvw a.w uNl u N ard." e. A person's or organization's status as an in- sured under this endorsement ends when your operations for that insured are com- pleted. f. No coverage will be provided if, in the ab- sence of this endorsement, no liability would be imposed by law on you. Coverage shall be limited to the extent of your negligence or fault according to the applicable principles of comparative fault. r 1n ne 011I14TM1 fl J1td" g. The defense of any claim or "suit" must be tendered as soon as practicable to all other insurers which potentially provide insurance for such claim or "suit". h.. The insurance provided will not exceed the lesser of: (1) The coverage and/or limits of this policy, or (2) The coverage and/or limits required by said contract, agreement or permit. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT AND NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT LIABILITY Exclusion g. of SECTION 1 — COVERAGE A is re- placed by the following: g. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, "auto" or watercraft owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. Use includes oper- ation and 'loading or unloading." This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage" involved the ownership, mainte- nance, use or entrustment to others of any aircraft, "auto" or watercraft that is owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any in- sured. This exclusion does not apply to: (1) A watercraft while ashore on premises you own or rent; (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: (a) Less than 52 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; (3) Parking an "auto" on, or on the ways next to, premises you own or rent, pro- vided the "auto" is not owned by or rented or loaned to you or the insured; (4) Liability assumed under any "insured contract" for the ownership, mainte- nance or use of aircraft or watercraft; or (5) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the operation of any of the equipment listed in paragraph f.(2) or f.(3) of the definition of "mobile equip- ment." (6) An aircraft you do not own provided it is not operated by any insured. TENANTS' PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY When Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is shown in the Declarations, SECTION I — COVER- AGE A, exclusion j., is replaced by the following: j. Damage To Property "Property damage" to: (1) Property you own, rent, or occupy, in- cluding any costs or expenses incurred by you, or any other person, organiza- tion or entity, for repair, replacement, enhancement, restoration or mainte- nance of such property for any reason, including prevention of injury to a per- son or damage to another's property; (2) Premises you sell, give away or aban- don, if the "property damage" arises out of any part of those premises; Property loaned to you; (3) (4) Personal property in the care, custody or control of the insured; That particular part of real property on which you or any contractors or sub- contractors working directly or indirectly on your behalf are performing oper- ations, if the "property damage" arises out of those operations, or (6) That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because "your work" was incorrectly performed on it. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire) to premises, including the contents of such premises, rented to you. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in SECTION 111 — LIMITS OF INSURANCE. Paragraph (2) of this exclu- sion does not apply if the premises are "your work" and were never occupied, rented or held for rental by you. (5) CG 86 74 10 02 Page 3 of 5 EP Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclu- sion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not ap- ply to "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard." Paragraph 6. of Section III is replaced by the follow- ing: 6. Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Property Lima is the most we will pay under COVERAGE A for damages because of "property damage" to any one premises, while rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire, while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. The Tenants' Property Damage To Premises Rented To You I imit is the higher of $900,000 or the amount shown in the Declarations as Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit. WHO IS AN INSURED — MANAGERS The following is added to Paragraph 2.a. of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Paragraph (1) does not apply to executive officers, or 'to managers at the supervisory level or above. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B — BAIL BONDS Paragraph 1.b. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B is replaced by the follow- ing: b. Up to $2,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B — INDEMNITEES AND ADDITIONAL IN- SUREDS Paragraph 2.f.(1) (d) of SUPPLEMENTARY PAY- MENTS — COVERAGES A AND B is replaced by the following: (d) Cooperate with us with respect to coordinating other applicable insurance and self-insured retention available to the in- demnitee; and EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS — HEALTH CARE SERVICE Provision 2.a.(1) d. of SECTION 11 — WHO IS AN INSURED is deleted, unless excluded by separate endorsement. EXTENDED COVERAGE FOR NEWLY ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS Provision 4.a. of SECTION II — WHO IS AN IN- SURED is replaced by the following: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period. EXTENDED "PROPERTY DAMAGE" Exclusion a. of SECTION 1 — COVERAGE A is amended to read: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" ex- pected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" result- ing from the use of reasonable force to pro- tect persons or property. INCREASED MEDICAL EXPENSE LIMIT The medical expense limit is amended to $10,000. KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE The following is added to Paragraph 2. SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit of: Knowledge of an "occurrence," claim or "suit" by your agent, servant or employee shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the named insured unless an officer of the named insured has received such notice from the agent, servant or employee. INSURED CONTRACT The following definition is added to SECTION V — DEFINITIONS, Definition 9. "insured contract" par- agraph f.: Page 4 of 5 (4) That part of any contract or agree- ment that indemnifies any person or organization for the indemnitee's sole tort liability. OTHER INSURANCE The first paragraph of Other Insurance of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON- DITIONS is replaced with the following: If other valid and collectible insurance, or any self-in- sured retention, is available to the insured for a Toss we cover under COVERAGE A or B of this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as follows: METHOD OF SHARING The second paragraph of Method of Sharing of SEC- TION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is replaced with the following: If any of the other insurance does not permit contri- bution by equal shares or is subject to a self-insured retention, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance or self-insured re- tention or both combined to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers and the amount of any self-insured retention. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE ALL HAZARDS The following is added to Paragraph 6. Representa- tions of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards ex- isting at the inception date of your policy, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form because of such failure. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non -renewal. LIBERALIZATION CLAUSE The following paragraph is added to SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI- TIONS: 10. If a revision to this Coverage Part, which would provide more coverage with no additional premium, becomes effective during the policy period in the state shown in the Declarations, your policy will automatically provide this addi- tional coverage on the effective date of the re- vision. CG 86 74 10 02 Page 5 of 5 EP STATE OF WASHINGTON) COUNTY OF YAKIMA ) ss MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, depose, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work, payment for which this voucher is submitted, I have paid the following rate per hour to each classification of laborers, workmen, or mechanics, as indicated upon the attached list, now referred to and by such reference incorporated in and made an integral part hereof, for all such employed in the performance of such work; and no laborer, workman or mechanic so employed upon such work has been paid less than the prevailing rate of wage or less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. Contractor Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of , 200 Notary Public in and for the State of Washington residing at 89 PREVAILING WAGE RATES The prevailing rate of wages to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW, as amended. The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries are by reference made a part of this contract as though fully set forth herein. The current schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this contract will be performed, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, are included in these contract documents. Inasmuch as the contractor will be held responsible for paying the prevailing wages, it is imperative that all contractors familiarize themselves with the current wage rates, as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, before submitting bids based on these specifications. In case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the Department of Labor and Industries of the State and his decision therein shall be final and conclusive and biding on all parties involved in the dispute as provided for by RCW 39.12.060 as amended. Current prevailing wage rules and data can be furnished by the Industrial Statistician upon request. You may submit your request to: Department of Labor and Industries ESAC Division PO Box 44540 Olympia, Washington 98504-4540 Telephone: 360-902-5335 91 STATE WAGE RATES ARE INSERTED FOLLOWING THIS PAGE 93 State of Washington DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone (360) 902-5335 PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, workers' wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key. YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03-03-05 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $26.39 1N 5D BOILERMAKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $44.97 1B 5N BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.02 1M 5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $19.24 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $31.25 1M 5D BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $38.67 1M 5D CARPENTER $30.99 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $31.09 1M 5D DRYWALL APPLICATOR $30.99 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $31.12 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $31.12 1M 5D FLOOR SANDER $31.12 1M 5D MILLWRIGHT $39.67 1M 5D PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $38.87 1M 5D SAWFILER $31.12 1M 5D SHINGLER $31.12 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $31 12 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $31 12 1M 5D CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.76 1N 5D DIVERS & TENDERS DIVER $80.62 1M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $41.72 1M 5D DREDGE WORKERS ASSISTANT ENGINEER $39.52 1B 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) $38.76 1B 5D 8L BOATMEN $39.52 1B 5D 8L ENGINEER WELDER $39.57 1B 5D 8L LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC $41 04 1B 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $38.76 1B 5D 8L MATES $39 52 1B 5D 8L OILER $39 16 1B 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.84 1P 5A ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE JOURNEY LEVEL $42.92 1J 5A ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER $50.84 4A 5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $46.37 4A 5A GROUNDPERSON $33.64 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $35.46 4A 5A HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $46.37 4A 5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $35.46 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $46.37 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $39.50 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $46.37 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $35 46 4A 5A Page 1 Classification YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03-03-05 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note WAGE Code Code Code ELECTRONIC & TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS Int JOURNEY LEVEL$12.07 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $52.27 4A 6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE $57.41 4A 6Q FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR $21.64 1 FLAGGERS JOURNEY LEVEL $24.67 1N 5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $19.51 1B 61 HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $23.18 1 HOD CARRIERS & MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL $26.87 1N 50 INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $32.91 1 IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $41.32 1B 5A LAuUKtKb ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $18.12 1 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $7.38 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $15.45 1 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $7.63 1 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.99 1M 5D PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.05 1 PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $39.93 1R 5A PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $46.82 1Q 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $37.26 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YD & UNDER) $39.88 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD & UNDER 6 YD) $40.34 1T 5D 8L RACKHOF EXCAVATOR SHOVE (6 YD AND OVER WITH $40.86 1T 5D 8L BACKHOES, (75 HP & UNDER) $39.49 1T 5D 8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $39.88 1T 5D 8L BARRIER MACHINE (ZIPPER) $39.88 1T 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE $39.88 1T 5D 8L BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $39.49 1T 5D 8L BOBCAT (SKID STEER) $37.26 1T 5D 8L BROOMS $37.26 1T 5D 8L BUMP CUTTER $39.88 1T 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $40 34 1T 5D 8L CHIPPER $39.88 1T 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $37.26 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE - LASER SCREED $37.26 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $39.49 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $39.88 1T 5D 8L CONVEYORS $39.49 1T 5D 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $39.49 1T 5D BL CRANES, 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $39.88 1T 5D BL CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING $40 34 1T 5D 8L JIB WITH ATACHMENTS) CRANES, 100 TONS - 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $40.86 1T 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) Page 2 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03-03-05 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS, OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $41 40 1T 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, A -FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $37.26 1T 5D 8L CRANES, A -FRAME, OVER 10 TON $39.49 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $41.92 1T 5D 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (20 - 44 TONS) $39.88 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (45 - 99 TONS) $40.34 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS & OVER) $40.86 1T 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE UP TO 175 IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $40.86 1T 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE OVER 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $41.40 1T 5D 8L CRUSHERS $39.88 1T 5D 8L DECK ENGINEER/DECK WINCHES (POWER) $39.88 1T 5D 8L DERRICK, BUILDING $40.34 1T 5D 8L DOZERS, D-9 & UNDER $39.49 1T 5D 8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $39.49 1T 5D 8L DRILLING MACHINE $39.88 1T 5D 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT, PERMANENT AND SHAFT -TYPE $37.26 1T 5D 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER) $39.49 1T 5D 8L FINISHING MACHINE/BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $39.88 1T 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER) $39.49 1T 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS) $37.26 1T 5D 8L GRADE ENGINEER $39 49 1T 5D 8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $37.26 1T 5D 8L GUARDRAIL PUNCH $39.88 1T 5D 8L HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS), AIR TUGGERS $39.49 1T 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $39.49 1T 5D 8L HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $39.88 1T 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS/BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON & UNDER) $37.26 1T 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS/BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON) $39 49 1T 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $40 34 1T 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER) $40.86 1T 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YD), PLANT FEED $39 88 1T 5D 8L LOCOMOTIVES, ALL $39.88 1T 5D 8L MECHANICS, ALL $40.34 1T 5D 8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT $39 88 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING) $39 88 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON -FINISHING) $39 49 1T 5D 8L MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND/OR SHIELD $40.34 1T 5D 8L OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $37.26 1T 5D 8L OPERATOR PAVEMENT BREAKER $37.26 1T 5D 8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $39.88 1T 5D 8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT, CRUSHER) $39 49 1T 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL $37.26 1T 5D 8L POWER PLANT $37.26 1T 5D 8L PUMPS, WATER $37.26 1T 5D 8L QUAD 9, D-10, AND HD -41 $40.34 1T 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $40.34 1T 5D 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $37.26 1T 5D 8L ROLLAGON $40.34 1T 5D 8L ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $37.26 1T 5D 8L ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $39 49 1T 5D 8L ROTO -MILL, ROTO -GRINDER $39.88 1T 5D 8L SAWS, CONCRETE $39.49 1T 5D 8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $39.88 1T 5D 8L OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT ( UNDER 45 YD) Page 3 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03-03-05 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $40.34 1T 5D 8L OFF-ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YD AND OVER) SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $39 49 1T 5D 8L SCREED MAN $39.88 1T 5D 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $37.26 1T 5D 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $40.34 1T 5D 8L SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX $39.88 1T 5D 8L SUBGRADE TRIMMER $39.88 1T 5D 8L TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $39 49 1T 5D 8L TRACTORS, (75 HP & UNDER) $39.49 1T 5D 8L TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) $39.88 1T 5D 8L TRANCFFR MATFRIAI_ RFRVI(.F MA(:HINF S.:10.RA 1T 5r1 RI TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $40.34 1T 50 8L TRENCHING MACHINES $39.49 1T 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER ( UNDER 100 TON) $39.49 1T 5D 8L TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER (100 TON & OVER) $39.88 1T 5D 8L TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $39.88 1T 5D 8L WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE $37.26 1T 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $39.88 1T 50 eL POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $33.06 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $31.34 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $31.76 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $29.48 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $21.94 4A 5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS MECHANIC $46.82 10 5A ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.62 1J 51 USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $30 62 1J 51 SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $37.12 1B 5A SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $22.07 1N 5A SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS JOURNEY LEVEL $7.35 1 SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $36.20 1R 51 SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9.25 1 INSTRUMENT PERSON $12.05 1 PARTY CHIEF $15.05 1 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION - OUTSIDE CABLE SPLICER $28.31 2B 5A HOLE DIGGER%GROiiND v r< uN $15.92 2B 5A INSTALLER (REPAIRER) $27 16 2B 5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON $26.34 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER! $28.31 2B 5A SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II $27.74 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY) $28.31 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT) $26.34 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $15.12 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON/INSTALLER $20.05 29 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $23 82 2B 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $21 45 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $26.34 2B 5A TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $25.91 2M 5A TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS Page 4 YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03-03-05 ***************************************************************************************************************** Classification (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note WAGE Code Code Code FINISHER $22.11 2M 5A TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $31.90 1K 5A TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX $14.19 1 DUMP TRUCK $27.36 2G 61 DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER $27.36 2G 61 OTHER TRUCKS $27.36 2G 61 TRANSIT MIXER $27.36 2G 61 WELL DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $11 15 1 OILER $9.20 1 WELL DRILLER $17.68 1 Page 5 BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03-03-05 OVERTIME CODES OVERTIME CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE HOURLY RATE ACTUALLY PAID TO THE WORKER. ON PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS, THE HOURLY RATE MUST BE NOT LESS THAN THE PREVAILING RATE OF WAGE MINUS THE HOURLY RATE OF THE COST OF FRINGE BENEFITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED FOR THE WORKER. 1 ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAYS OF A FIVE - EIGHT HOUR WORK WEEK AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR DAY, EXCLUDING SUNDAY, IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY ON SATURDAY, ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS IN A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY OF A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF 10 PER DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. WORK PERFORMED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. WORK PERFORMED ON A HOLIDAY SHALL BE PAID ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THEIR HOURLY RATE FOR ACTUAL HOURS WORKED PLUS EIGHT (8) HOURS OF STRAIGHT TIME FOR THE HOLIDAY. J THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03-03-05 -2 - 1. P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. Q. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. T AT HOURS WORKED ON SATTTRDAYS EXCEPT MAKE -TTP DAYS, CHAT T BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED AFTER 6:OOPM SATURDAY TO 6:OOAM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. U ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS (EXCEPT MAKE-UP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. THE FIRST SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT STRAIGHT TIME IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE INCLUDING HOLIDAY PAY H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. I. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03-03-05 -3- 2. O. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 4 A. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. HOLIDAY CODES 5. A. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). B HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). D. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEARS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). E. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). G HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS (6). I. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). N. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). O PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). P HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). R. PAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, ONE-HALF DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7 1/2). S. PAID HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). T PAID HOLIDAYS. SEVEN (7) PAID HOLIDAYS. V. PAID HOLIDAYS: SIX (6) PAID HOLIDAYS. W PAID HOLIDAYS. NINE (9) PAID HOLIDAYS. X. HOLIDAYS. AFTER 520 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY AFTER 2080 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (8). Y. HOLIDAYS. NEW YEARS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). Z. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03-03-05 -4- 6 A. PAID HOLIDAYS• NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). B. PAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S EVE DAY, NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE'S DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). C. HOLIDAYS. NEW YEARS DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). D PAID HOLIDAYS• NEW YEARS DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING nAv CHRISTMAS DAY THE DAY BEFORE nP THE nAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (9). v ✓ H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). I. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). L. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY. AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (8) Q. PAID HOLIDAYS. NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. UNPAID HOLIDAY. PRESIDENTS' DAY S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). T. PAID HOLIDAYS NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). U. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY (9). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEES BIRTHDAY, AND ONE DAY OF THE EMPLOYEE'S CHOICE (10). W PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY (10). K. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY (11). NOTE CODES 8. A. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE. OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 175' - $2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175' TO 250' - $5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET OVER 250' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE, PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTED FOR 250 FEET C. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE-HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE. OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 150' - $1.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 150' TO 200' - $2.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 150 FEET OVER 200' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03-03-05 -5- 8. D WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL $1.00 PER HOUR. L. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A. $0.75, LEVEL B $0.50, AND LEVEL C. $0.25 M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS. LEVELS A & B: $1 00, LEVELS C & D• $0.50. N WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A. $1.00, LEVEL B $0.75, LEVEL C: $0.50, AND LEVEL D• $0.25 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statement (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non-standard" Items) Below is the department's (State L&I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a prefabricated item is "standard" or "non-standard". For items not appearing on WSDOT's predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the Contractor's subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of non-standard items is covered by RCW 39.12, and the production of standard items is not. The production of any item outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12. 1. Is the item fabricated for a public works project? If not, it is not subject to RCW 39.12. If it is, go to question 2. 2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? If it is, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 3. 3. Is the item fabricated in an assembly/fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 4. 4. Does the item require any assembly, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the supplier? If not, the work is not covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5. 5. Is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory item which could reasonably be sold on the general market? If not, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 6. 6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any unusual characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, finish, etc? If yes, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOT's Predetermined List, or for determinations of covered and non -covered workers shall be directed to State L&I at (360) 902-5330. $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 1 WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, oria_inally furnished by WSDOT to Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, that may be considered non- standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non-standard and therefore covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria described in State and L&I's policy statement. ITP A IIFCC'_RIPTInN 1. Manhole Ring & Cover - manhole type 1, 2, 3, and 4 for bridges. For use with Catch Basin type 2. The casting to meet AASHTO-M-105, class 30 gray iron casting. SPP Std. Pian R-1 f, R -23a R -23b, B -23c, and B -23d. X 2. Frame & Grate - frame and Grate for Catch Basin type 1, 1 L, 1P, 2, 3, 4 and Concrete Inlets. Cast frame may be grade 70-36 steel, class 30 gray cast iron or grade 80-55-06 ductile iron. The cast grate may be grade 70-36 steel or grade 80-55-06 ductile iron. See Std. Plan B-2, B -2a, and B -2b. X 3. Grate Inlet & Drop Inlet Frame & Grate - Frame and Grate for Grate Inlets Type 1 or 2 or Drop Inlet. Angie iron frame to be cast into top of inlet. See Std. Plan B -4b or B -4h. Frames & Grates to be galvanized. X 4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 innh diamPtAr. X 5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch diameter. Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 2 X YES NO 6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5. X 7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Aluminum lock seam corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, #5. X 8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts - Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be made from commercial bolt stock. See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type. X 9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9-28.15(3). X 10. Major Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of major steel items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges. X 11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of minor steel items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion joint systems, etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and/or boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and shop drawings. X 12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP - Metal bridge railing conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9-28.15(3). X $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 3 13. Concrete Piling--Precast-Prestressed concrete piling for use as 55 and 70 ton concrete piling. Concrete to conform to Section 9-19.1 of Std. Spec.. Shop drawings for approval shall be provided per Section 6-05.3(3) of the Std. Spec. YES NO X 14. Manhole Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 - Precast Manholes with risers X and flat top slab and/or cones. See Std. Plans. 15. Drywell - Drywell as specified in Contract Plans. X 16. Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1L, 1P, 2, 3, and 4, including risers, frames maybe cast into riser. See Std. Plans. X 17. Precast Concrete Inlet - Concrete Inlet with risers, frames may be cast into risers. See Std. Plans. X 18. Drop Inlet Type 1 - Drop Inlet Type 1 with support angles and grate. See Std. Plans B -4f and B -4h. X 19. Drop Inlet Type 2 - Drop Inlet type 2 with support X angles and grate. See Std. Plans B -4g and B -4h. 20. Grate Inlet Type 2 - Grate Inlet Type 2 with risers and X top unit with bearing angles. 21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete utility vaults of various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction requirements. Shop drawings are to be provided for approval prior to casting. X Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 4 YES NO 22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and Utilities X Vaults. 23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities. X See Contract Plans for details. 24. Precast Concrete Barrier - Precast Concrete Barrier for use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as permanent barrier. X 25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels - Reinforced Earth Wall Panels in size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. See Shop Drawing. Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities inspection, contact HQ. Lab. X 26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - tilt -up wall panel in size and shape as shown in Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. X 27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure X Slabs. 28. 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed Girder - Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)c. X $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 5 29. Prestressed Concrete Girder Series 4-14 - Prestressed Concrete Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)c. YES NO X 30. Prestressed Tri -Beam Girder - Prestressed Tri -Beam Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)c. X 31 Prestressed Precast Hollow -Core Slab - Precast Prestressed Hollow -core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(25)c. X 32. Prestressed -Bulb Tee Girder - Bulb Tee Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6-02.3(26)A. X 33. Monument Case and Cover - To meet AASHTO-M-105 class X 30 gray iron casting. See Std. Plan H-7. 34. Cantilever Sign Structure - Cantilever Sign Structure fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO-M-183. See Std. Plans G-3, G -3a, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO-M-111. X 35. Mono -tube Sign Structures - Mono -tube Sign Bridge fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for approval are required prior to fabrication. X $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 6 36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO-M-138 for Aluminum Alloys. See Std. Plans G-2, G2a, G -2b, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO-M-111. YES NO X 37. Steel Sign Post - Fabricated steel sign posts as detailed in Std. Plan G-8. Shop drawings for approval are to be provided prior to fabrication. X 38. Light Standard -Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow, X concrete poles. 39. Light Standards - Lighting Standards for use on highway illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with methods and materials as specified on Std. Plan J-1, J-1 a, and J-1 b. See Special Provisions for pre -approved drawings. X 40. Traffic Signal Standards - Traffic Signal Standards for use on highway and/or street signal systems. Standards to be fabricated to conform with methods and material as specified on Std. Plans J-1, J -7a, J -7c, and J-8. See Special Provisions for pre -approved drawings. X 41. Traffic Curb, Type A or C Precast - Type A or C Precast traffic curb, for use in construction of raised channelization, and other traffic delineation uses such as parking lots, rest areas, etc. NOTE: Acceptance based on inspection of Fabrication Plant and an advance sample of curb section to be submitted for approval by Engineer. X Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 7 YES NO 42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator X X of Traffic Signs, the sources of the following custom std. signing materials must be submitted and approved msg msg for reflective sheeting, legend material, and aluminum sheeting. NOTE: *** Fabrication inspection required. Only signs tagged "Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sign Fabrication Inspector to be installed. 43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel X AA (2L iardr&il component, Y Y se custom standard end sect. sect. 45. Aggregates/Concrete mixes Covered by WAC 296-127-018 46. Asphalt Covered by WAC 296-127-018 47. Fiber fabrics X 48. Electrical wiring/components X 49. treated or untreated timber piles X 50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing) X $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 8 51. Standard Dimension lumber YES NO X 52. Irrigation components X 53. Fencing materials X 54. Guide Posts X 55. Traffic Buttons X 56. Epoxy X 57. Cribbing X 58. Water distribution materials X 59. Steel "H" piles X 60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings X 61. Steel pile tips, standard X 62. Steel pile tips, custom X $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 9 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/03/05 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) Classification Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend Oreille, Stevens, Walla Walla and Whitman Fitter 12.76 1 Welder 12.76 1 Machine Operator 12.66 1 Painter 4 A nn I V.GV 4 Painter . Laborer 8.13 1 Counties Covered: Benton Weider 16.70 i Machine Operator 10.53 1 Painter 9.76 1 Counties Covered: Chelan Fitter 15.04 1 Welder 12.24 1 Machine Operator 9.71 1 Painter 9.93 1 Laborer 8.77 1 Counties Covered: Clallam, Grays Harbor, Island, Jefferson, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, San Juan and Skagit Fitter 15.16 1 Welder 15.16 1 Machine Operator 10.66 1 Painter 11.41 1 Laborer 11 13 1 $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 10 Classification METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/03/05 Counties Covered: Clark Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note WAGE Code Code Code Layerout 26.12 1J 6B Fitter 25.76 1J 6B Welder 25.22 1J 6B Painter 22.64 1J 6B Machine Operator 20.04 1J 6B Laborer 19.50 1J 6B Fitter Welder Machine Operator Painter Laborer Fitter Welder Machine Operator Painter Laborer Counties Covered: Snohomish Counties Covered: Spokane Counties Covered: Thurston 15.38 1 15.38 1 8.84 1 9.98 1 9.79 1 12.59 1 10.80 1 13.26 1 10.27 1 7.98 1 Layerout 25.07 1R 6T Fitter 23.02 1R 6T Welder 20.99 1R 6T Machine Operator 18.74 1R 6T Laborer 14.88 1R 6T Fitter/Welder Machine Operator Laborer $$1$$ $$2$$ Counties Covered: Whatcom Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 11 13.81 1 13.81 1 9.00 1 Classification Fitter Welder Machine Operator Painter Laborer METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/03/05 Counties VV VCICu Yakima ('nunticc (`nvcrcri• Cowlitz Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note WAGE Code Code Code 12.00 1 11.32 1 11.32 1 12.00 1 10.31 1 Fitter 23.72 1B 6V Welder 23.72 1B 6V Machine Operator 23.72 1B 6V Laborer 4F O7 4B 6V LdUUl I IJ.V/ 1 vv Fitter Welder Painter Fitter Welder Machine Operator Painter Laborer Fitter Welder Machine Operator Laborer Counties Covered: Grant Counties Covered: King Counties Covered: Kitsap Supplemental To Wage Rates SUSS Page 12 10.79 1 10.79 1 7 45 1 15.86 1 15 48 1 13.04 1 11 10 1 9.78 1 26.96 1 13.83 1 13.83 1 7 35 1 Classification Fitter/Welder Machine Operator Painter Laborer Fitter Welder Machine Operator Laborer UM $$2$$ METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/03/05 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Klickitat, Skamania and Wahkiakum Counties Covered: Pierce Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 13 16.99 1 17.21 1 17.03 1 10.44 1 15.25 1 13.98 1 13.98 1 9.25 1 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/03/05 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS Classification Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Adams, Asotin, Benton, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend Oreille, Stevens, Walla Walla, and Whitman All Classifications 9.96 1 LUU.1:CA Covered: Franklin All Classifications 11.50 1 Counties Covered: King All Classifications 11.90 2K 6S All Classifications All Classifications All Classifications $$1$$ $$2$$ Counties Covered: Pierce Counties Covered: Chelan, Kittitas, Klickitat and Skamania 9.28 1 8.61 1 Counties Covered: Clallam, Clark, Cowlitz, Grays Harbor, Island, Jefferson, Kitsap, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, Thurston, Wahkiakum Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 14 13.50 1 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/03/05 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS Classification All Classifications Counties Covered: Spokane Counties Covered: Yakima Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note WAGE Code Code Code 20.23 1 Craftsman 8.65 1 Laborer 7.35 1 All Classifications $$1$$ $$2$$ Counties Covered: Whatcom Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 15 13.67 1 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.) The following two letters from the State Department of Labor and Industries (State L&i) dated August 18, 1992 and Jule 18, 1999, clarify the intent and establish policy for administrating the provisions of WAC 296-127-018 COVERAGE AND EXEMPTIONS OF WORKERS INVOLVED IN THE PRODUCTION AND DELIVERY OF GRAVEL, CONCRETE, ASPHALT, OR SIMILAR MATERIALS. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, these letters, or for determinations of covered and non -covered workers shall be directed to State L&I at (360) 902-5330. �ffertive Cen4emher 1 1993, minimum prevailing mages for all %A/ork covered by WAC 296-127-018 for the production and/or delivery of materials to a public works contract will be found under the regular classification of work for Teamsters, Power Equipment Operators, etc. $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 16 ESAC DIVISION - TELEPHONE (206) 586-6887 PO BOX 44540, OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504-4540 August 18, 1992 TO: All Interested Parties FROM: Jim P. Christensen Acting Industrial Statistician SUBJECT: Materials Suppliers - WAC 296-127-018 This memo is intended to provide greater clarity regarding the application of WAC 296-127-018 to awarding agencies, contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers and other interested parties. The information contained herein should not be construed to cover all possible scenarios which might require the payment of prevailing wage. The absence of a particular activity under the heading "PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR" does not mean that the activity is not covered. Separate Material Supplier Equipment Operator rates have been eliminated. For those cases where a production facility is set up for the specific purpose of supplying materials to a public works construction site, prevailing wage rates for operators of equipment such as crushers and batch plants can be found under Power Equipment Operators. PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR: 1. Hauling materials away from a public works project site, including excavated materials, demolished materials, etc. 2. Delivery of materials to a public works project site using a method that involves incorporation of the delivered materials into the project site, such as spreading, leveling, rolling, etc. 3. The production of materials at a facility that is established for the specific, but not necessarily exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for a public works project. 4. Delivery of the materials mentioned in #3 above, regardless of the method of delivery. PREVAILING WAGES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR: 1. The production of materials by employees of an established materials supplier, in a permanent facility, as well as the delivery of these materials, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 2. Delivery of materials by a common or contract carrier, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 3. Production of materials for unspecified future use. $$1$$ $$2$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates Page 17 STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES June 18, 1999 TO: Kerry S. Radcliff, Editor Washington State Register FROM: Gary Moore, Director Department of Labor and Industries SUR PET: Notice re WAC 296-127-018, Coverage and exemptions of workers involved in the production and delivery of gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials The department wishes to publish the following Notice in the next edition of the Washington State Register: NOTICE Under the current material supplier regulations, WAC 296-127-018, the department takes the position that prevailing wages do not apply to the delivery of wet concrete to public works sites, unless the drivers do something more than just deliver the concrete. Drivers delivering concrete into a crane and bucket, hopper of a pump truck, or forms or footings, are not entitled to prevailing wages unless they operate machinery or use tools that screed, float, or put a finish on the concrete. This position applies only to the delivery of wet concrete. It does not extend to the delivery of asphalt, sand, gravel, crushed rock, or other similar materials covered under WAC 296-127-018. The department's position applies only to this regulation. If you need additional information regarding this matter, please contact Greg Mowat, Program Manager, Employment Standards, at P.O. Box 44510, Olympia, WA 98504-4510, or call (360) 902-5310. Please publish the above Notice in WSR 99-13. If you have questions or need additional information, please Gd11 Selwyn \YAdIt erJ at 902-4206. TLank you. Cc: Selwyn Walters, Rules Coordinator Patrick Woods, Assistant Director Greg Mowat, Program Manager Supplemental to Wage Rates 18 PROPOSAL Proposal Cover Page Item Proposal Bid Sheet Bid Bond Form Non -Collusion Declaration Subcontractor's List Proposal Signature Page Bidder's Checklist PROPOSAL To the City Clerk Yakima, Washington This certifies that the undersigned has examined the location of: City of Yakima Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 and that the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, is understood. The undersigned hereby proposes to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement, or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract, and the following schedule of rates and prices. NOTE: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid, shall be shown, and be written in ink or typed. Show unit prices in figures only. Figures written to the right of the dot (decimal) in the dollars column shall be considered as cents. 95 ITEM PROPOSAL BID SHEET City of Yakima Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 ITEM NO. PROPOSAL ITEM PAYMENT SECTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE DOLLARS AMOUNT DOLLARS 1 SPCC PLAN 1 LS ' 11 ,)-' 1' . ,' 1-07.15(1) _ 2 MOBILIZATION 1 LS .-;,'Ic,-_-( -, g' ' 1-09.7 3 TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 200 HR j. (..)(-) I (-);s °Px' 1-10.5 4 TRAFFIC CONTROL LABOR 80 HR ; ' ;)0 Lt`{r�, 1-10.5 5 CONSTRUCTION SIGNS CLASS A 64 SF `j, , ) . v 1-10.5 6 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTION 1 LS i,,t, d d: N-1,),0 4_,- 2-02.5 7 SHORING OR EXTRA EXCAVATION CLASS B 370 LF / c 2-09.5 8 SURFACE REPAIR 45 S Y 1 t,_ 5-04.5 9 MANHOLE 48 IN. DIAM. TYPE 1 2 EA r / S e;.. ;fir 7-05.5 10 MANHOLE 48 IN DIAM. TYPE 3 1 EA j ut, e : 'h ,;,d; ti 7-05.5 11 SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT 1 EA A "W: e'''' 7-05.5 12 CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE (for Trench Backfill) 175 TON /'-j, `:9 G. ' ')-1°) , : (', 7-08.5 13 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION CLASS B, INCL. HAUL 350 CY ';/ i //1 '-,' 7-08.5 14 PVC SANITARY SEWER PIPE 8 IN. DIAM. 355 LF '1.14 //;,. 7-17.5 15 REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT 1 FA $8,000.00 $8,000.00 8-30.5 SUB -TOTAL: STATE SALES TAX YAKIMA COUNTY (8.2%): di t '/ TOTAL BID, Project 2113: 97 BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashiers check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ which amount is not Tess than five percent of the total bid. Sign Here BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, MUFFETT & SONS CONSTRUCTTON T,T,C , as principal, and CONTRACTORS BONDING AND INSURANCE CO. , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Yakima, as Obligee, in the penal sum of 5% OF AMOUNT OF BID -- Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for CUB CRAFTERS SANITARY SEWER , according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS 18TH DAY OF MAY , 20 05 rir(eip l MUFFETT & SONS CONSURUCTION t>....44LLC SHELLEY B.•,+HAM, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT -BeN&FNG AND IN3URANet--ffdMpANY , 20 Received return of deposit in the sum of $ 99 I+e� 1 � 00< !It's Not Valid for Bonds Executed On or After.: MINE 30TH, 2005 Power of Attorney Number: 936592 it 2 t 1G a!Z xpect tel ieretn:; Only an unaltered original of this Power of Attorney document is valid. A valid original of this document is printed on gray security paper with black and red ink and bears the seal of Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company (the "Company"). The original document contains a watermark with the letters "cbic" embedded in the paper rather than printed upon it. The watermark appears in the blank space beneath the words "Limited Power of Attorney" at the top of the document and is visible when the document is held to the light. This document is valid solely in connection with the execution and delivery of the bond bearing the number indicated below, and provided also that the bond is of the type indicated below. This document is valid only if the bond isexecuted on or before the date indicated above. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the Company does hereby make, constitute and appoint the foilowing:.DONALD W. EMERICK, JR., LISSA M. SHIVELY, TRACI SULLIVAN, SHELLEY BURNHAM,- ANN LARIVIERE, SHARON CONDRON and ANNETTE BATTEN its true and lawful Attorneys) -in-E'as't; with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place andstead,. to execute", acknowledge. and deliver on behalf of the Company: (1) any and all bonds and undertakings of suretyship given for any purpose, provided, however, that no such person shall be authorized to execute and deliver any bond or undertaking that shall obligate the Company for any portion of the penal sum thereof in excess of $10,000,000, and provided, further, that no Attorney-in-Pactshall have theauthority to. issue a. bid or proposal bond for any project where, if a contract is awarded, any bond -or undertaking would be required with penal sum in excess of $10,000,000;, and (2) consents, releases and other similar documents required by, an obligee under a contract bonded by the -Company. This appointment is made under the authority of the Board of Directors of the Company. fit ;;i 1, I, the undersigned secretary of Contractors Bonding and Insurance Company, a Washington corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that this -Power of Attorney remains in full force and effect and has not been revoked, and, futhermore, that the resolutions of the Board of Directors set forth on the reverse are now in full force and effect. 11X- Signed and sealedthis °pose /il""zi 4F3611Ad6EQddEllld400EddadddddlbE�d8des466ed0oPoe°eopaooelwop9bo°q0°®e0°a0o�0°°Oqp°04O�e°Opppp 0o0�0°0060004°Od0°°4s0°°x°�.ai3O 0a0°x.000144Od000 O 0°°map°e°p#��1� °O °°o°O�W ►pO°°°°O°o°o°O�a °o°o°O°d°4°p � pOO O°O°O 00°.Y�4►°O°il°Op �°Oy°tea°Ow�o�ep a�lpe°O°04 J pyYyO°p °o°e°o°e �� o°000°o°e ...� <°a coo°<r'.r°o°o a°o°o'er.► a°o o°o°e r""r 9°C� o o e...'�°o°o a'.rr°o°o o°o e.w.'w+>pQu 000° �i°°°000 coo°!+e.► °oo.re'�'� 000°° �.i+°oQa 000' a 000 � � e000 �ws►o°oao�e�wrs 000°. o., 000 - 09: cru ptr � � O° - � eo -� oo �� � Ow Oa •�_ p ° . R. Kirk Eland, Secretary CBIC • 1213: Valley Street • PO. Box 9271 • Seattle, WA 981.09-(}271 (206) 622-7053 ► (800) 765-CBIC (Toll Free) • (800);950-1558 (.PAX) PoaLPOA Mtlsos7toa NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS To report bid rigging activities call: I -800-424-9071 The U.S. Department of Transportation (USOOT) operates the above toll-free "hotline" Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., eastern time. Anyone with knowledge of possible bid rigging, bidder collusion, or other fraudulent activities should use the "hotline" to report such activities. The "hotline" is part of USDOT's continuing effort to identify and investigate highway construction contract fraud and abuse and is operated under the direction of the USDOT Inspector General. All information will be treated confidentially and caller anonymity will be respected. 101 NON-DISCRIMINATION PROVISION During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. *(2) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. *(3) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. "(4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. *(5) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. "(6) In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. "(7) The contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders 01 the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided however, that in the event the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States." 103 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in compliance with RCW 39.30.060 as amended (To be submitted with the Bid Proposal) Failure to list subcontractors who are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW will result in your bid being non-responsive and therefore void. Subcontractor(s) that are proposed to perform the work of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, as described in Chapter18.106 RCW, and electrical as described in Chapter 19.28 RCW must be listed below. The work to be performed is to be listed below the subcontractor(s) name. If no subcontractor is listed below, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor to perform those items of work. Subcontractor Name Item Numbers /) ' \I 1 ( "> . r Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Bid Items to be performed by the Prime Contractor: ( ) Prime Contractor Name Item Numbers 105 WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY It is the policy of the City of Yakima that women and minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of work relating to the City's activities. To this end, the City is committed to take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations to ensure women and minority business enterprises the maximum opportunity to compete for and to perform contracts. In order to enhance opportunities for women and minority businesses to participate in certain contractor opportunities with the City of Yakima, and as a recipient of federal and state financial assistance, the City is committed to a women and minority business enterprise utilization program. The City is determined to maximize women and minority business opportunities through participation in the competitive bidding process through women and minority business enterprise affirmative action programs administratively established by the City Manager and monitored and implemented in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations. All women and minority business enterprise programs shall include specific goals for participation of women and minority businesses in City projects of at least ten percent (10%) of the total dollar value of City contract over $10,000. Goals shall be reviewed and updated annually by the City Manager for applicability and to ensure that the intent of this policy is accomplished. This statement of policy will be widely disseminated to all managers, supervisors, minorities and women employed by the City of Yakima as well as to contractors, vendors, suppliers, minorities and women who may seek the City's procurement and construction contracts related to the women and minority business enterprise programs. Contractors associations will be made aware of construction projects affected by this policy through all available avenues to assure that plans/specifications, bid forms, and invitations to bid are as widely distributed as possible. 107 RESOLUTION NO. D " 4 8 1 Cr A RESOLUTION adopting a "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" for the City of Yakima. WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is the recipient of federal and state assistance which assistance carries with it the obli- gation of contracting with Women And Minority Business Enter- prises for the performance of public works, and WHEREAS, it is the intention of the City of Yakima that Women And Minority Business Enterprises shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of such public works, and WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is determined to maximize Women And Minority Business Enterprise opportunities for parti- cipation in its competitive bidding process through the adoption of the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" statement attached hereto, now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA: The City Council hereby adopts the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy", a copy of which is attached hereto and by reference made a part hereof. tQ/� ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this. $ �i day of 1983. ATTEST: City Clerk 109 /w A. CAN.LQ Mayor AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN The bidders, contractors and subcontractors will not be eligible for award of a contract under this Advertisement for Bids unless it certifies as prescribed, that it adopts the minimum goals and timetable of minority and women workforce utilization and specific affirmative action steps as set forth by the City of Yakima, This is directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization by means of applying good faith efforts to carrying out such steps. However, no contractor or subcontractor shall be found to be in noncompliance solely on account of its failure to meet its goals within its timetables, but such contractor shall be given the opportunity to demonstrate that it has instituted all of the specific affirmative action steps specified by the City of Yakima, and has made every good faith effort to make these steps work toward the attainment of its goals, all to the purpose of expanding minority and women workforce utilization on all of its projects in the City of Yakima, Washington. In all cases, the compliance of a bidder, contractor or subcontractor will be determined in accordance with its respective obligations under the terms of these Bid Conditions. All bidders and all contractors and subcontractors performing or to perform work on projects subject to these Bid Conditions hereby agree to inform their subcontractors of their respective obligations under the terms and requirements of these Bid Conditions, including the provisions relating to goals of minority and women employment and training. Specific Affirmative Action Steps Bidders, contractors and subcontractors subject to this contract must engage in affirmative action directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization, which is at least as extensive and as specific as the following steps: a. The contractor shall notify community organizations that the contractor has employment opportunities available and shall maintain records of the organizations' response. b. The contractor shall maintain a file of the names and addresses of each minority and women worker referred to him and what action was taken with respect to each such referred worker, and if the worker was not employed, the reasons therefore. If suchworker was not sent to the union hiring hall for referral or if such worker was not employed by the contractor, the contractor's file shall document this and the reasons therefore. c. The contractor shall promptly notify the City of Yakima Engineering Division an Contract Compliance Officer when the union or unions with whom the contractor has collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority or woman worker sent by the contractor or the contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded him in his efforts to meet his goal. d. The contractor shall participate in training programs in the area, especially those funded by the Department of Labor. e. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy within his own organization by including it in any policy manual; by publicizing it in company newspapers, annual reports, etc., by conducting staff, employee and union representatives' meetings to explain and discuss the policy; by posting of the policy; and by specific review of the policy with minority employees. 111 f. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy externally by informing and discussing it with all recruitment sources; by advertising in news media, specifically including minority news media; and by notifying and discussing it with all subcontractors and suppliers. g. The contractor shall make specific efforts and constant personal (both written and ora!) recruitment efforts directed at all minority or women organizations, schools with minority students, minority recruitment organizations and minority training organizations, within the contractor's recruitment areas. h. The contractor shall make specific efforts to encourage present minority employees to recruit their friends and relatives. i. The contractor shall validate all man specifications; selection requirements_ tests_ ete_ j. The contractor shall make every effort to promote after school, summer and vacation employment to minority youth. k. The contractor shall develop on-the-job training opportunities and participate and assist in any association or employer group training programs relevant to the contractor's employee needs consistent with its obligations under this bid. I. The contractor shall continually inventory and evaluate all minority and women personnel for promotion opportunities and encourage minority and women employees to seek such opportunities. m. The contractor shall make sure that seniority practices, job classifications, etc., do not have a discriminatory effect. n. The contractor shall make certain that all facilities and company activities are non- segregated. o. The contractor shall continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that his EEO policy is being carried out. p. The contractor shall solicit bids for subcontracts from available minority and women subcontractors, engaged in the trades covered by these Bid Conditions, including circulation of minority and women contractor associations. q. Non cooperation: In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreements, the contractor shall, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, reiigion, sex or national origin, making full efforts to obtain qualified andior qualifiable minorities and women. (The U.S Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority or women employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246 and 23 CFR Part 230 as amended, and the Standard Specifications, such contractor shall immediately notify the City of Yakima Engineering Department or the City of Yakima Compliance Officer. 112 BIDDERS CERTIFICATION A bidder will not be eligible for award of a contract under this invitation for bids unless such bidder has submitted as a part of its bid the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting contract: J ra°, c, i;,, A:, �_-, certifies that: (BIDDER) 1. It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract and; as to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non-federal) in the Yakima, Washington area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being: and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors and submit to the contracting or administering agency prior to the award of any sub -contract under this contract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid Conditions. • }1r (Signature of Atlthor'iZd Representative of Bidder) 113 SUBCONTRACTORS CERTIFICATION Subcontractors' Certification is not required at the time of bid. This Certification must be completed by each subcontractor prior to award of any subcontract. certifies that: (SUBCONTRACTOR) 1. It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the subcontract and; As to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non-federal) in Yakima, Washington, subject to these Bid Condition, those trades being: and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors prior to the award of any subcontract under this subcontract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid conditions. (Signature of Authorized Representative of Subcontractor) 115 Materially and Responsiveness The certification required to be made by the bidder pursuant to these Bid Conditions is material, and will govern the bidder's performance on the project and will be made a part of his bid. Failure to submit the certification wilt render the bid non responsive. Compliance and Enforcement Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractor (regardless of tier) as to their respective obligations under the conditions of the contract here (as applicable). Bidders, contractors and subcontractors hereby agree to refrain from entering into any contract or contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246, as amended on September 24, 1965, with a contractor debarred from, or who is determined not to be a responsible' bidder for, government contracts and federally assisted construction contracts pursuant to Executive Order. The bidder, contractor or subcontractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of the equal opportunity clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered by the administering agency, the contracting agency or the Office of Federal Contract Compliance pursuant to the Executive Order. Any bidder, or contractor or subcontractor who shall fail to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be deemed to be in non-compliance with these Bid Conditions and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Nothing herein is intended to relieve any contractor or subcontractor during the term of its contract on this project from compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the Equal Opportunity Clause of its contract. Violation of any substantial requirement in the affirmative action plan by a contractor or subcontractor covered by these Bid Conditions including the failure of such contractor or subcontractor to make a good faith effort to meet it fair share of the trade's goals of minority and women workforce utilization, and shall be grounds for imposition of the sanctions and penalties provided at Section 209 (a) of Executive Order 11246, as amended. Each agency shall review its contractors' and subcontractors' employment practices during the performance of the contract. If the agency determines that the affirmative action plan no longer represents effective affirmative action, it shall so notify the Office of Federal Contract Compliance which shall be solely responsible for any final determination of that question and the Consequences thereof. In regard to these conditions, if the contractor or subcontractor meets its goals or if the contractor or subcontractor can demonstrate that it has made every good faith effort to meet those goals, the contractor of the subcontractor shall be presumed to be in compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions and no formal sanctions or proceedings leading toward sanctions shall be instituted unless the agency otherwise determines that the contractor or subcontractor is not providing equal employment opportunities. In judging whether a contractor or subcontractor has met its goals, the agency will consider each contractors or subcontractor's minority and women workforce utilization and will not take into consideration the minority and women workforce utilization of its subcontractors. Where the agency finds that the contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with the requirement of Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions, the agency shall take such action and impose such sanctions as may be appropriate under Executive Order and the regulations. When the agency proceeds with such formal action, it has the burden of proving that the contractor has not met the requirements of these Bid Conditions, but the contractor's failure to meet his goals shall shift to 117 him the requirement to come forward with evidence to show that he has met the "good faith" requirements of these Bid Conditions by instituting at least the Specific Affirmative Action steps listed above and by making every good faith effort to make those steps work toward the attainment of its goals within its timetables. The pendency of such formal proceedings shall be taken into consideration by Federal agencies in determining whether such contractor or subcontractor can comply with the requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and is therefore a "responsible prospective contractor" within the meaning of the Federal Procurement Regulations. It shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority and women employees. The procedures set forth in these conditions shall not apply to any contract when the head of the contracting or administering agency determines that such contract is essential to the national cerci irity and that itc awarri withni it fnlInwinn ci irh nrnrarli irae ie neraecary to tha national security. Upon making such a determination, the agency head will notify, in writing, the Director of the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance within thirty days. Requests for exemptions from these Bid Conditions must be made in writing, with justification, to the: Director Office of Federal Contractor Compliance U.S. Department of Labor v Washington, D.C. 20210 and shall be forwarded through and with the endorsement of the agency head. Contractors and subcontractors must keep such records and file such reports relating to the provisions of these Bid Conditions as shall be required by the contracting or administering agency or the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance. 118 PROPOSAL CITY OF YAKIMA Cub Crafter Sanitary Sewer City Project No. 2113 The bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal he/she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein. A proposal guaranty in an amount of five percent (5%) of the total bid, based upon the approximate estimate of quantities at the above prices and in the form as indicated below, is attached hereto. CASH 0 IN THE AMOUNT OF CASHIER'S CHECK 0 DOLLARS CERTIFIED CHECK 0 ($ ) PAYABLE TO THE CITY OF YAKIMA PROPOSAL BOND IN THE AMOUNT OF 5% OF THE BID ** Receipt is hereby acknowledged of addendum(s) No.(s) PHONE NUMBER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONTRACTORS LICENSE NUMBER h, ' f 1 ((' C7 ')/ I)( ) SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL(s) FIRM NAME (ADRESS) r jr .1(1`, Note: FEDERAL ID No. S 1 1 17101),I`l1 (1) This proposal form is not transferable and any alteration of the firm's name entered hereon without prior permission from the Secretary of Transportation will be cause for considering the proposal irregular and subsequent rejection of the bid. (2) Please refer to section 1-02.6 of the standard specifications, re: "Preparation of Proposal," or "Article 4" of the Instructions to Bidders for building construction jobs. (3) Should it be necessary to modify this proposal either in writing or by electronic means, please make reference to the following proposal number in your communication. 119 BIDDER'S CHECK LIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms, which must be executed, as required, and submitted on the form purchased from the City and bound in the Contract Documents. A. PROPOSAL The unit prices, extensions and total amounts bid must be shown in the spaces provided. B. PROPOSAL SIGNATURE SHEET To be filled in and signed by the bidder. C. BOND ACCOMPANYING BID This bid form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this bond shall be not less than 5% of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. D. SUBCONTRACTOR LIST The form must be filled in. Failure to provide this information WILL NOT render the bid non-responsive. The following forms are to be executed after the contract is awarded: A. CONTRACT This agreement is to be executed by the successful bidder. B. PERFORMANCE BOND To be executed by the successful bidder and his/her surety company. C. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Refer to attached Informational Certificate of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsement. Also refer to Section 1-07.18 (APWA) of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. 121 MORTAR FILLET 16" MAX. 4" MIN. 12" (TYP.) 48". 54" OR 60" STEPS OR LADDER SEPARATE BASE CAST IN PLACE GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE BEDDING MANHOLE RING AND COVER CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION (TYP.) ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION PRECAST RISER SECTIONS CHANNEL AND SHELF REINFORCING STEEL (TYP.) 1 PRECAST BASE WITH INTEGRAL RISER SEPARATE BASE PRECAST '0" RING NOTE Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2 1/2 maximum. MANHOLE DIMENSION TABLE DU1M. WALL BASE THICKNESS MAXIMUM KNTHICKNESS SVKE UT MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN KNOCKOUTS BABE REINFORCING STEEL (int /R. IN EACH DIRECTION) INTEGRAL BASE SEPARATE BASE 48" 4" 8" 38" 8" 0.15 0.23 54" 4 1/2" 8" 42" 8" 0.19 0.19 80" 5" 8" 48" 8" 0.25 0.25 EXPIRES JULY I. 2005 MANHOLE TYPE 1 STANDARD PLAN B -23a SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Pete►feso 02-25-05 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE wn.Nnybn sale Doper... of Transportation MOTAR FILLET 16" MAX 4" MIN. MANHOLE RING AND COVER ° CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION ° ° 48", 54", 80", 72", 84" OR 98" STEPS OR LADDER 24:1 SLOPE 12" (TYP.) 12" MAX FLAT SLAB TOP PRECAST RISER SECTIONS CHANNEL AND SHELF REINFORCING STEEL :477— 72" ° 4 0 Ie" SEPARATE BASE INTEGRAL BASE CAST IN PLACE PRECAST WITH RISER GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE BEDDING 12" SEPARATE BASE PRECAST "0" RING 11 NOTE Knockouts shall have a wall thickness of 2" minimum to 2.5" maximum. MANHOLE DIMENSION TABLE MANHOLE DIAMETER WALL THICKNESS BASE THICKNESS MAXIMUM KNOCKOUT SUE MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN KNOCKOUTS BASE STEEL kis Mt RN IEACH DIRECTION INTEGRAL SEPARATE 48" 4" 8" 36" 8" 0.15 0.23 54" 4.5" 8" 42" 8" 0.19 0.19 80" 5" 8" 48" 8" 0.25 0.25 72" 8" 8" 60" 12" 0.24 0.35 84" 8" 12" 72" 12" 0.29 0.38 98" 8" 12" 84" 12" 0.29 0.39 EXPIRES JULY I, 2005 MANHOLE TYPE 3 STANDARD PLAN B -23c SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET M 4WMET en rAMNONarI^r AT VIDIMINIVI " R°'"" "r OP 11•WIIORTAD011 """ per PTe ""'°""M7 APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 05-20-04 4/1/2004 ADDE0 E1 DIAMETER BB STATE DESIGN ENOIEER DATE WaEhMplon StoleDpaTImSM of Transportation -„ DATE REVISION BY CLASS 3000 CEMENT CONCRETE FULL DEPTH OF SECTION LESS 1 1/2" 1 1/2" CLASS "G" ASPHALT 12" ASPHALT PAVEMENT SUBGRADE .» SUBGRADE DRY PACK ALL JOINTS AND VOIDS BASE SMOOTH INSIDE BARREL iss1MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT DETAIL City of Yakima — Engineering Division APPROVED: 2.10.99 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT S3 l< SEE DETAIL R24 FOR TRENCH PATCHING SUITABLE EARTH FOUNDATION (SEE NOTE) NATIVE MATERIAL SHALL BE USED FOR BACKFILL UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE SHALL BE USED FOR BEDDING MATERIAL UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. UNSUITABLE FOUNDATION MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED WITH GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR FOUNDATIONS CLASS B. TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION City of Yakima — Engineering Division APPROVED: 2.10.99 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL TYPICAL TRENCH DETAIL S4 EXCAVATION / PAYMENT LINE FOR PIPES 15 INCHES AND UNDER _ I.D. + 30 INCHES • % io \ G ti SUITABLE EARTH FOUNDATION (SEE NOTE) NATIVE MATERIAL SHALL BE USED FOR BACKFILL UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE SHALL BE USED FOR BEDDING MATERIAL UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. UNSUITABLE FOUNDATION MATERIAL SHALL BE REPLACED WITH GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR FOUNDATIONS CLASS B. TYPICAL TRENCH SECTION City of Yakima — Engineering Division APPROVED: 2.10.99 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL TYPICAL TRENCH DETAIL S4 1 1/2" CLASS "G" ASPHALT CLASS 3000 CEMENT CONCRETE 2'-0" 12" s!/.W SUBGRADE FIBER JOINT PACKING CAST IRON FRAME & COVER SEE FRAME & COVER SPECIFICATION 45' 1/8 BEND 8" SEWER CLEAN OUT City of Yakima — Engineering Division BEDDING MATERIAL APPROVED: 2.10.99 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL 8" SEWER CLEAN OUT 55 1/2" R 5 1/2" CEMENT CONCRETE BARRIER CURB �----� 1/2" R\ I � 6 1/2"I 18" i0 CEMENT CONCRETE DEPRESSED CURB FLOW 1/2" R LINE 16" R CEMENT CONCRETE ROLLED CURB 11, 10" 2 1/2"—► 1/2" R 1" R 5/8" REBAR 0 10' 0.0 5" 2 1/2" 1/2" R 1" R f CEMENT CONCRETE EXTRUDED CURB 25" FLOW UNE 11" 1/2" R 1/2" R- • • 9/16" f �I 6" CEMENT CONCRETE VALLEY GUTTER R w r. f CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK m 1. BOND BREAKER CEMENT CONCRETE PEDESTRIAN CURB NOTES 1. WSDOT CLASS 3000 CONCRETE WITH COARSE AGGREGATE GRADING NO. 5. CURB TERMINAL END 2. EXCAVATION LIMITS ARE 6" BEHIND AND 6" IN FRONT FOR REMOVING AND REPLACING EXISTING CURB & GUTTER. 3. ROLLED CURB MAY BE PERMITTED ALONG RESIDENTIAL ROADWAYS ONLY AND MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. APPROVED• 1.5.2005 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL CEMENT CONCRETE CURB R01 FOR HANDICAP RAMP SIZE AND POSITION, SEE APPLICABLE STANDARD DETAILS. THROUGH JOINTS ON EACH SIDE OF AND AROUND EACH UTILITY APPURTENANCE. NOTES 1. THROUGH JOINTS WITH 3/8" JOINT MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED AT 20' INTERVALS OR MATCH EXISTING CURB JOINTS. 2. 1-1/2" DEEP DUMMY JOINTS SHALL BE SCORED INTO THE CONCRETE w/ "V" GROOVES AT 5' INTERVALS. 3. ALL JOINTS, "V" GROOVES, AND EDGES SHALL BE FINISHED WITH AN EDGER HAVING A 1/4" RADIUS. 4. SEE PLANS FOR WIDTH AND POSITION OF SIDEWALK. APPROVED: 1.5.2005 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL SIDEWALK JOINTING R10 "i�\/ice SEE PLANS _ -0.02 2 r COMPACTED EARTH COLD JOINT 4" WSDOT CLASS 3000 CONCRETE WITH COARSE AGGREGATE GRADING NO. 5. 2" MINIMUM COMPACTED DEPTH CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 4" STANDARD SECTION SEE PLANS S = -0.02 y • • • 4 • - 2 COMPACTED EARTH COLD JOINT 6" WSDOT CLASS 3000 CONCRETE WITH COARSE AGGREGATE GRADING NO. 5. 2" MINIMUM COMPACTED DEPTH CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE 6" THICKENED SECTION APPROVED. 1.5.2005 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALK R12 EXISTING PAVEMENT - DEPTH VARIES ASPHALT CONCRETE PATCH 1'-0" LIMITS EXCAVATION LINE 1'-0" y�r Q APPLY CSS -1 & SAND TO SEAL THE SURFACE JOINTS. APPLY CSS -1 TO EDGES OF 1'-0" REPAIR SECTION AND TO SURFACE OF CONCRETE, IF OVERLAYED. (MIN) yl( ALTERNATE BACK SLOPE AT CONTRACTORS OPTION AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY OF YAKIMA HMA CLASS "A" ® 1.5 TIMES DEPTH OF EXISTING ASPHALT. 3" MINIMUM COMPACTED DEPTH IN 2 EQUAL LIFTS. (OR AS APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER) 6" CSBC (COMPACTED DEPTH) ASPHALT CONCRETE SURFACED EXISTING SURFACE - DEPTH VARIES GRAVEL SURFACE PATCH 1'-0" LIMITS EXCAVATION LINE Q 1,-0" 1,-0" 2" CSTC (COMPACTED DEPTH) GRAVEL SURFACED UNSURFACED AREAS PATCH 1'-0" LIMITS EXCAVATION LINE 1'-0" Q ALTERNATE BACK SLOPE AT CONTRACTORS OPTION AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY OF YAKIMA EXISTING GROUND (MIN) + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + . + + + + + 4 .rj ALTERNATE BACK SLOPE AT CONTRACTORS OPTION AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY OF YAKIMA _ 12" MINIMUM (COMPACTED DEPTH) NATIVE MATERIAL FREE FROM ROCKS. STORE IN STOCKPILE WHEN REMOVED DURING TRENCHING. UNSURFACED AREAS N OTE 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SURFACE RESTORATION INCLUDING WIDER REPAIR SECTIONS RESULTING FROM ALTERNATE BACK SLOPE AT TRENCH SIDES. APPROVED• 1.5.2005 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL SURFACE REPAIR R14 Exist W.V. Interceptor S S e- Exist Washington Ave. Interceptor S S S S S 2" Brass Cap in Cased Monument S� c Township 13 North, Range 18 East, W.M. W WASHINGTON "r- ag AVE. N 89' 40'49" W 2666.88' 790.09' eit# of g(akima CUB CRAFTERS SEWER City Project No. 2113 MUMHDO Exist Water Line Exist Sewer Line Exist Telephone Line (Buried) Exist Storm Drainage Line Exist Gas Line Exist Fence Line Exist Power Line (Buried) Exist Irrigration Line Exist Painted Stripe Exist Roadway Curb/Gutter Exist Sidewalk Proposed Sewer line Section Sub'd Line Exist Water Valve N 'V Exist Manhole OMH Exist Junction Box ❑JB Exist Gas Valve WGv Exist Sign E SN w s T SD GAS GAS GAS S T SD P x x IRR P s Exist Fire Hydrant XI Exist Streetlight ElSLT Exist Catch Basin *CB Proposed Cleanout OCO Proposed ManholeMH S 3y IRR IRR .RR SCALE: 1" = 40' 2" Brass Cap in Cased M1onumen N 84`46' 0 Cb +4, 25.00, o UNDERGROUND FEATURES SHOWN ON THE PLANS REPRESENT BEST AVAILABLE INFORMATION AS OBTAINED FROM LOCAL RECORDS AND VISIBLE SURFACE EVIDENCE. THE CONTRACTOR IS CAUTIONED TO VERIFY THE LOCATION AND DEPTH OF ALL UNDERGROUND FACILITIES. STATE LAW REQUIRES THAT ALL EXCAVATION WORK MUST 35 BE PRECEEDED BY NOTIFICATION TO ALL OWNERS OF UNDERGROUND FACILITES THROUGH A ONE NUMBER LOCATOR SERVICE: 1-800-553-4344 WiliZ11HETU WILT P Ali IFISICD AierL L _ TAHOMA - CEMETERY x u L LEWIS AND CLARK „..„..---1 MIDDLE 44, SCHOOL tia J.M. PERRY �ok INSTITUTE c�fF� : PROJit C' LOCATION `. AIRPORT EXPIRES 11/17/2005 OT7D,W W o amOMMUMY OME1301TAO S-Z-Zooj' 1 1/4 CORNER SYMBOL 0 CENTER OF SECTION SYMBOL NOTE: For Subdivision and other information refer to cover sheet. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MH N wv A�- s MH CB s wv .3 s 3' JBL Q. x eAS x x )58 )56 )54- }52 MH 1 STA 10+00 RIM 1053.42 - - IE 1040:96 -OUT (18") IE 1041-.79 IN EXISTING GROUND -*-S-} 1i- ' P � r ' r )50 )48 m 1 IRR ii' [I DRAIN — ill �' RAI - I GAS . — ---- — k )46 )44-5--- Exist 18" San Sewer 0-.0-1-0 /V.C. PIPE LEN 100-L1- . )42— )40 SEWER i % — — d- EX. GR. M) ELEV p h- EX. GR. r"i ELEV. p co EX. GR. Ki ELEV p in EX. GR. ") ELEV p 0 EX. GR. C.1 ELEV. p 9+80 10+00 10+50 1058 1056 GENERAL NOTES: A PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION FOR THIS PROJECT WILL BE WITHIN THE OPERATIONAL AREA OF THE YAKIMA AIRPORT. FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION AND YAKIMA AIRPORT REGULATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER THE WSDOT / APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS REGARDING SAFETY AND AIRPORT OPERATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL OF THE SCHEDULED WORK FOR THIS PROJECT WITH THE AIRPORT ASSISTANT MANAGER, JERRY KILPATRICK; PHONE: (509)-575-6149. CONSTRUCTION NOTES: O- Install new 48" sanitary sewer manhole. (Type 1) 0- Install new 8" solid wall P.V.C. sanitary sewer pipe. Repair roadway surface and replace any curb and gutter and sidewalk removed for construction. If any curb and gutter and/or sidewalk is removed it shall be removed to the nearest joint. The repair and any replacement work shall be covered by the pay item "Surface Repair". 1054 0- The Contractor shall not remove the Airport Security fence for this construction unless necessary and only with the 1052 permission of the Airport Operations Manager and under his guidance. 1050 1048 1046 1044 1042 1040 w w U O� w J to a O W`‘2 U_0�z° C[05d a) U • w QCa Q�0 UzI- 0 0 OI- 0 C� (j)z a 0 N d' C Q a PROPOSED SEWER PIPE Profile Sheet Cub Crafters bcrafters (04-05-051. SHEET 1 miaiswimob-wazzamm 3 Cy s X X 0 0 S ICNI S 230.00' X X X S X X 0 0 S I CONSTRUCTION NOTES: OQ- Install new 48" sanitary sewer manhole. (Type 3) 0- Install new 8" solid wall P.V.C. sanitary sewer pipe. ®- Install new sanitary sewer cleanout. r0 MH EXPIRES 11/17/2005 1058- 1056 1054 1052 MH 2 - STA 11+00 RIM 1052.00 tE 042:79-OtJT (8" N -)- IE 1042 89 �N ,(8'SES [EXISTING GROUND MEL3 STA 13+30 RIM 1051.00 IE 104 '-9-eu-T-(-8=NW)- LE_ILL t.045_29(8" F) c0 - STA 13+55 RIM 1051.00 IE 1045:80-0UT 1050- 1048- 1046 GAS MAIN LINE hfigt Pi essure 1044-- 1042- 1040 P.V.C. SEWER PIP LEN 230 L.F. 0:010 LEN205.0L.F S - 2OJ 0 0 EX. GR. cV EX. GR. nl ELEV. 0 ELEV 0 N EX. GR. ELEV N EX. GR. in ELEV. 0 10 EX. GR. ELEV 0 EX. GR. ELEV 0 EX. GR. F ELEV. 0 0 EX. GR. ELEV. 0 co EX. GR. 0 ELEV 0 EX. GR. ELEV 0 1058 1056 1054 1052 1050 1048 1046 1044 1042 1040 11+00 11+50 12+00 12+50 13+00 13+50 13+55 z E N } w w wo a� IY w 0 LLIdx I - I - w LL IX0 • O • 1.1_ o . m0< • 20 0? U)1 City Project No. 2113 2 N z 0 1 D U s PROPOSED SEWER PIPE Profile Sheet Cub Crafters Sanitary Sewer Project SHEET 2 NIMINVF-MG11: 3 t ' • „ . _ _ - -„ • - 0 E0 >- g 4— (3) 2 3, o. C 0) co o c z E wcs, 0 1 2 0 0 w z 0 z 4 1. g ct 0 SAFETY & SECURITY PLAN Cub Crafters Sanitary Sewer Project SHEET 3 3